AI assistant
Big Yellow Group PLC — Annual Report 2016
Mar 31, 2016
4821_10-k_2016-03-31_6bfc871c-485a-4574-a41a-5bdbb0cda5e8.pdf
Annual Report
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer
Big Yellow Group PLC
Annual Report & Accounts 2016
Thinking about our Customers
It's the reason we exist
At Big Yellow we believe storage should be the easy bit
Get some space in your life. ™ We have delivered a strong performance in 2016, another year of revenue, cash flow, earnings and dividend growth.
Welcome
We aretheinnovativeleaders inthe UK self storageindustryprovidingindividuals and businesses with an unrivalled product, the best locations, the best quality facilities and the strongest brand. We have great people who deliver the best customer service. We achieve this because we encourage a culture of partnershipwithin the business and reward our peoplefor theircontribution.
We remain… Britain's favourite self storage company.
Big Yellow Group PLC is the UK's brand leader in self storage. Big Yellow now operates from a platform of 89 stores, including 16 stores branded as Armadillo Self Storage, in which the Group has a 20% interest. We own a further seven Big Yellow self storage development sites (including two extensions sites), of which two have planning consent. The current maximum lettable area of this platform is 5.3 million sq ft. When fully built out the portfolio will provide approximately 5.7 million sq ft of flexible storage space. Of the Big Yellow stores and sites, 96% by value are held freehold and long leasehold; with the remaining 4% short leasehold.
The Group has pioneered the development of the latest generation of self storage facilities, which utilise state of the art technology and are located in high profile, accessible, main road locations. Our focus on the location and visibility of our Big Yellow stores, coupled with our excellentcustomer serviceandourmarketleadingonline platform, has made us the most recognised brand name in the UK self storage industry.
Over the following pages:
We outline the core qualities of our business and explain how we stay ahead of the game.
A Year of Further Achievement
But our focus remains on the Future
Nicholas Vetch, Executive Chairman of Big Yellow, commented:
"Against a backdrop of slower economic activity compared to the prior year, we are pleased to have delivered another year of occupancy, revenue and earnings growth. Ourmain focus remainson driving earnings through occupancy growth over the next few years as we target our next goal of 85% across the portfolio.
Wewillcontinuetoinnovate,by improvingourdigitalplatformandoperations togrow our market share and leverage our market leading brand. In addition, our focus will remain on London and the South East(80% of revenue) and large regional cities where barriers to entry are at their highest, and supply remains very constrained.
The Big Yellow investment proposition is simple; sustainable earnings and dividend growth from a secure capital structure. There will inevitably be setbacks but as management we will continue to focus on the long term achievement of these objectives whilst managing risk to minimise mistakes. The much-overlooked power of compounding should do the rest."
The Big Yellow investment proposition is simple; sustainable earnings and dividend growth from a secure capital structure.
Driving occupancy, revenue and cash flow growth
The success of Big Yellow as a business depends on all of us striving for those 1% improvements and working together, understanding that each and every one of us makes a critical contribution to our success.
Delivering that little Extra…
Our Marketplace
Demand for self storage comes from a number of different market segments
House movers, either in the rental or owner occupied sector continue to be a key element of our customer base. Demand also comes from people decluttering their spaceconstrainedhomes,treating BigYellowasaspareroom.Key lifeeventswhich invariably create a need for storage are also an important driver of demand; maybe moving abroad for a job, inheriting possessions, getting married or separating, homeowners carrying out home improvements or students needing space during the holidays.
We also have demand from businesses large and small. Our business customers include retailers, e-tailers, professional service companies, hospitality companies and importers/exporters.
Big Yellow provides the perfect solution in providing cost effective, flexible and risk free storage for stock, distribution or archiving purposes.
Big Yellow is well placed to benefit from the growing self storage market, given the strength of our brand, and online platform which delivers approximately 86% of our prospect enquiries.
Our Brand
The UK's favourite self storage company
- > The Big Yellow brand has unprompted awareness more than five times higher than its nearest competitor in London and six times higher across the rest of the UK
- > Largest online market share of web visits at 34% to 40% against 36 largest UK operators, across the year ended 31 March 2016. (Source: Connexity Hitwise)
- > Nurturing growth from strong digital channels including a new improved mobile site which accounted for 35% of total web visits in March 2016
- > Other marketing activities include consumer PR, social media, sponsorship of community projects and charitable activities
- > £4 million marketing investment for the year
By creating one powerful brand nationwide, Big Yellow is front of mind for more customers in our market than our competitors, with significant potential to increase this brand awareness.
The market leading brand, with the largest online market share
All of our people share a passion for delivering the service our customers deserve, helping them get through stressful life changes such as moving home.
That is our Brand
Our Unrivalled Service
A Brand based on People
We are about much more than just storage. We are about people and their possessions. Whether it's a house move, setting up a business or a DIY project, we understand these are all key life moments where it can get a bit stressful. At Big Yellow, our people help to take the stress away. We work hard to understand our customers' requirements and give the best service possible whether it is face to face,over the phoneor through our user friendlywebsite,mobilesiteoronlinechat. Our customer support centre is also on hand seven days a week to provide an additional layer of customer service.
Customer reviewsarepublishedon thewebsiteandshowan extremely high level of satisfaction. We also invite customers to submit reviews to a third party review site which are currently averaging 9.3 out of 10.
Our friendly and helpful staff are one of the main reasons why customers choose Big Yellow. Over 13,000 online reviews of our customer service are testament to this.
We put the customer at the heart of our business
Our recruiting and training programmes help us maintain and develop the right calibre of people to ensure success.
Our people are our most important asset
Security
That is second to none
We are the only major UK operator where every room in every store is individually alarmed.
Secure perimeter fencing, electronic coded gates, intruder alarms, PIN code entry and CCTV which is monitored 24 hours a day, provide additional levels of security for our customers.
The importance of security and the need for vigilance is communicated to all store staff and reinforced through regular training.
We provide the highest levels of security in the UK self storage industry. We have invested significantly to ensure our customers enjoy peace of mind.
The highest levels of security in the UK self storage industry
Our digital CCTV systems are monitored 24 hours a day, providing an additional level of security especially for customers with extended hours access.
Ensuring Peace of Mind
Innovation
Always looking to the future
W sustainable. e are continually improving our digital channels for our online visitors to provide the best online experience possible to help them make informed choices about their self storage requirements.
Video store tours, intuitive online FAQs, easy to understand size guides and online chat all help our visitors understand what storage size they need and how storing at Big Yellow works.
We make it easy online for customers to reserve their space, buy boxes and packingmaterials and check in, saving them valuable time once they get to the store.
Innovative building design is part of our commitment to a more sustainable business. We incorporate the latesttechnologies suchasenergy efficientlightingand solar panels to reduce our carbon footprint and produce our own renewable energy.
Continually improving our digital platforms
Mobile is a convenient way for our online visitors to find a store, get a quote and even reserve and check in online. 35% of our online visitors come through the mobile website.
Customer Focussed
We are always looking for innovative ways to help our customers' lives and make the business more environmentally
Our Portfolio
An extensive national network
Our customers like our modern, highly visible, purpose built stores which are situated in easily accessible locations.
We have opened our Enfield store on the A10 in London and our central Cambridge store in the year. Big Yellow acquired two stores from Lock and Leave at Nine Elms and Twickenham, and Armadillo purchased Canterbury and West Moseley from the same operator. This and our other high profile store locations contribute to the growing awareness of self storage and our brand.
We have an unrivalled portfolio across London, the South East and large metropolitan cities, with a network of 89 stores.
89 highly visible stores reinforce our brand 24/7
BYFLEET CROYDON ORPINGTON
MERTON WANDSWORTH
NORTH FINCHLEY
> London
KINGS CROSS
FULHAM
BATTERSEA
NORTH KENSINGTON
EAST FINCHLEY
ENFIELD
SUTTON
WEST MOLESEY
SHEEN
HANGER LANE EALING GYPSY CORNER
KINGSTON NEW MALDEN TOLWORTH
RICHMOND
STAPLES CORNER
HOUNSLOW CHISWICK
WATFORD
TWICKENHAM x2
A1(M)
– 51 stores and sites
NOTTINGHAM
SHEFFIELD PARKWAY SHEFFIELD WESTBAR SHEFFIELD HILLSBOROUGH
HULL
SHEFFIELD BRAMALL LANE
DERBY
GLOUCESTER OXFORD x2 HIGH WYCOMBE
GUILDFORD CENTRAL CAMBERLEY READING
GUILDFORD
PORTSMOUTH
STOCKTON
NEWCASTLE
CHELTENHAM
POOLE
BRISTOL ASHTON GATE BRISTOL CENTRAL SLOUGH SWINDON
BIRMINGHAM
STOCKPORT WARRINGTON MANCHESTER LEEDS
MORECAMBE
STOKE-ON-TRENT CHESTER CHEADLE MACCLESFIELD
LIVERPOOL SOUTH LIVERPOOL LIVERPOOL NORTH
CARDIFF
M2
M20
ROMFORD
BARKING DAGENHAM
ILFORD
CAMBERWELL
EDMONTON
WEST NORWOOD BALHAM ELTHAM NEW CROSS
BECKENHAM BROMLEY
KENNINGTON
– 43 stores and sites
BOW
NINE ELMS
EDINBURGH
DUNDEE
COLCHESTER
CHELMSFORD
TUNBRIDGE WELLS
CANTERBURY
SOUTHEND
CAMBRIDGE
PETERBOROUGH
LUTON MILTON KEYNES
BRIGHTON
London
NORWICH
73 easy to find, high profile locations provide convenience for customers and unmissable exposure for the Big Yellow brand.
16 Armadillo stores further broaden our national coverage
High profile locations.
73 Big Yellow stores
M3
M40
5 New Big Yellow stores under development
16 Armadillo stores
Contents
- Highlights
- Chairman's Statement
- Strategic Report
- Our Strategy and Business Model
- Operational and Marketing Review
- Proforma Portfolio Summary Big Yellow Stores
- Our Stores
- Portfolio Summary Armadillo Stores
- Store Performance
- Financial Review
- Risk and Uncertainties
- Corporate Social Responsibility Report
- Assurance Statement on the
- Corporate Social Responsibility Report
- Directors, Officers and Advisers
- Directors' Report Corporate Governance Report
- Report of the Nominations Committee
- Remuneration Report
- Audit Committee Report
- Statement of Directors' Responsibilities
- Independent Auditors' Report to the Members of Big Yellow Group PLC
- Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
- Consolidated Balance Sheet
- Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
- Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
- Reconciliation of Net Cash Flow to Movement in Net Debt
- Notes to the Financial Statements
- Company Balance Sheet
- Company Cash Flow Statement
- Company Statement of Changes in Equity
- Notes to the Financial Statements
- Ten Year Summary
Highlights
Strong Operating Performance Delivers 15% Earnings Growth(3)
Another year of growth in all our key operating metrics
| Financial metrics | Year ended 31 March 2016 |
Year ended 31 March 2015 |
% Growth |
|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | £101.4m | £84.3m | 20 |
| Like-for-like revenue(1) | £87.6m | £79.9m | 10 |
| Adjusted profit before tax(2) | £49.0m | £39.4m | 24 |
| Adjusted diluted EPRA earnings per share(3) | 31.1p | 27.1p | 15 |
| Dividend – final | 12.8p | 11.3p | 13 |
| – total | 24.9p | 21.7p | 15 |
| Cash flow from operating activities (after net finance costs) | £55.5m | £42.4m | 31 |
| Store metrics | |||
| Occupancy growth(4) | 185,000 sq ft | 267,000 sq ft | (31) |
| Occupancy – like-for-like stores (%) (4) |
76.7% | 73.2% | 3.5ppts |
| Average net achieved rent per sq ft(4) | £25.73 | £25.10 | 3 |
| Statutory metrics | |||
| Profit before tax | £112.2m | £105.2m | 7 |
| Basic earnings per share | 71.9p | 72.5p | (1) |
(1) Like-for-like revenue excludes the 12 Partnership stores (acquired December 2014), Chester (acquired January 2015), Enfield (opened April 2015) and Cambridge (opened January 2016), and management fees earned from the Partnership in the prior year
(2) See note 10.
(3) Adjusted earnings per share – see note 12.
(4) See Portfolio Summary and Operating and Financial Review.
Highlights
- > Strong revenue performance driving 15% increase in adjusted earnings per share and total dividend
- > Store platform expanded by 282,000 sq ft:
- Two new freehold stores opened at Enfield and Cambridge
- Acquisition of four store Lock and Leave portfolio in April 2016 for £21 million
- Nine Elms and Twickenham acquired by Big Yellow
- Canterbury andWest Molesey acquired by Armadillo
- > Acquisition of prime London development sites in Kings Cross and Camberwell
We have delivered occupancy, cash flow and earnings growth for the seventh year in a row.
Consistency delivered
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 23.6 25.5 29.2 39.4 49.0 Adjusted profit before tax (£m)
+ 24%
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 63.5 64.8 69.8 73.2 75.3 Occupancy (%) + 3%
The Big Yellow investment proposition is simple; sustainable earnings and dividend growth from a secure capital structure.
Growth
Of Revenue and Earnings
Big Yellow Group PLC ("Big Yellow", "the Group" or "the Company"), the UK's brand leader in self storage, is pleased to announce results for the year ended 31 March 2016.
Against a backdrop of slower economic activity compared to the prior year, we are pleased to have delivered another year of occupancy, revenue and earnings growth. Our main focus remains on driving earnings through occupancy growth over the next few years as we target our next goal of 85% across the portfolio.
Like-for-like closing Group occupancy is up 3.5 percentage points to 76.7% compared to 73.2% at 31 March 2015, in line with the guidance given in May 2015.
Average rental growth over the year was 2.5% with closing net rent of £25.90,representing an increase of 2.7% fromthe same time last year. The like-for-like revenue growth in the Groupwas 10% compared to last year, this excludes the 12 Partnership stores, existing store acquisitions made last year and new store openings in the year. Given that our central overhead and operating expense is largely embedded in the business, this revenue growth has dropped through into a 15% increase in adjusted earnings per share and in the dividend per share for the year.
Awareness of self storage and themarket generally is growing year on year, as more people use the product, and with continued marketing fromall industry players,we are seeing improving levels ofreferral and repeat use.
We will continue to innovate, by improving our digital platform and operations to grow our market share and leverage our market leading brand. In addition, our focus will remain on London and the South East (80% of revenue) and large regional cities where barriers to entry are highest, and supply remains very constrained.
Financial results
Revenue for the year was £101.4 million (2015: £84.3 million), an increase of 20%. Cash inflows from operating activities (after interest costs) increased by £13.1 million (31%) to £55.5 million for the year (2015: £42.4 million).
The Group made an adjusted profit before tax in the year of £49.0 million (2015: £39.4 million), up 24%. This translated into a 15% increase in adjusted earnings per share to 31.1p (2015: 27.1p), the growth of which is lower as a result of the placing of an additional 14.4 million shares in November 2014 to part fund the acquisition of the remaining interestin the 12 Big YellowLimited Partnership stores. The Group has net bank debt of £295.0 million at 31 March 2016 (2015: £277.1 million).This represents approximately 26% (2015: 27%) of the Group's gross property assets totalling £1,126.2 million (2015: £1,022.8 million) and 33% (2015: 35%) of the adjusted net assets of £899.0 million (2015: £801.4 million).
The Group's interest cover for the year, expressed as the ratio of cash generated from operations against interest paid (per the cash flow statement) was 6.2 times (2015: 5.4 times).
Investment in new capacity
Creating new capacity in our core area of London and the South East is increasingly challenging. Sites are scarce, and faced with a housing emergency, policymakers are focussed on residential provision atthe expense of commercial. As London's population grows,these pressures are likely to intensify.The bad news is that it makes it difficult to build new stores for Big Yellow, but conversely leaves our existing platform near irreplaceable.
We opened our 60,000 sq ft store in Enfield in April 2015, on a prominent location on the A10. Our 60,000 sq ft store in central Cambridge opened in January 2016. We intend to commence construction of our store in central Guildford in the second half of the year, and anticipate it opening in Autumn 2017.
Given the competition for land in central London we are very pleased to have acquired two prime sites at Kings Cross and Camberwell. Kings Cross is a one acre site onwhichwe intend to develop a newbuild store of in excess of 90,000 sq ft, subjectto planning. Camberwell is in Zone 2 to the south of London Bridge, and we intend to develop a new build store of 65,000 to 70,000 sq ft, subject to planning. There is interim rental income on these two sites while we pursue planning, which will mitigate the increase in our variable rate interest expense.
These sites,togetherwith Guildford Central, extensions at our existing Battersea and Wandsworth stores, and development sites in Newcastle andManchester(the lastfour all subjectto planning)will provide in excess of an additional 400,000 sq ft of capacity.
During the year we have successfully re-geared our existing 125 year, long leasehold interest on our proposed self storage site at Water Street, Manchester to 250 years, and in addition sold the surplus industrial land to Manchester City Council for £8 million.
In February of this year, we were included in the Sunday Times Best 100 Companies to work for.
No business can succeed without motivated and hardworking people.
At 31 March 2016, the future cost of the current pipeline of seven development sites and extensions, six ofwhich are subjectto planning, is provisionally estimated to be approximately £55 million. This excludes any net proceeds thatmay be received on the redevelopment of our Battersea store and adjoining retail units into a mixed use scheme of residential, retail and self storage.
In April 2016, we acquired the Lock and Leave portfolio. Big Yellow acquired two stores in London, at Nine Elms (65,000 sq ft MLA freehold) and Twickenham (25,000 sq ft MLA, 19 years unexpired leasehold), for £13.5 million and £1.1 million respectively, totalling £14.6 million.The Nine Elms store is approximately 85% occupied and sits neatly between our strong performing Kennington and Battersea stores, and our aimwill be to drive revenue and cash flowthrough yield management.The Twickenhamstore is adjacentto our existingfreehold 73,000 sq ft highly occupied store. The freehold stores in Canterbury (37,000 sq ftMLA) andWestMolesey (35,000 sq ftMLA)were acquired by Armadillo for £6.4 million, and again we expect to drive operational performance under our management.
Dividends
The Group's dividend policy is to distribute 80% of full year adjusted earnings per share.The final dividend declared is 12.8 pence per share. The dividend declared for the year of 24.9 pence per share represents an increase of 15% from 21.7 pence per share last year.
Our people
In February of this year, we were included in the Sunday Times Best 100 Companies to work for in the mid-size category, an independent assessment of our employee engagement and culture. This is particularly pleasing, as from the inception of the business we have tried to create a culture which is accessible, apolitical, non-hierarchical, socially responsible, and very importantly a fun and enjoyable place to work. No business can succeed without motivated and hardworking people.
Outlook
Externalforces are complex and are unlikely to be assisted by comment from us, so we concentrate on matters that we can influence.
TheBigYellowinvestmentpropositionis simple; sustainableearnings and dividend growth from a secure capital structure. There will inevitably be setbacks but as management we will continue to focus on the long term achievement of these objectives whilst managing risk to minimise mistakes. The much-overlooked power of compounding should do the rest.
Nicholas Vetch Chairman 23 May 2016
Strategic Report
Our Strategy and Business Model
Our Strategic Report
discusses the following areas:
- > Our strategy and business model
- > Operational and marketing review
- > Store performance
- > Financial review
- > Principal risks and uncertainties
- > Going concern basis and viability statement
- > Corporate social responsibility
Approval
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 23 May 2016 and signed on its behalf by:
Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer
James Gibson John Trotman
Our strategy from the outset has been to develop Big Yellow into the market leading self storage brand, delivering excellent customer service, with a great culture and highly motivated employees. We continue to be the market leading brand, with unprompted awareness of over six times that of our nearest competitor (source: YouGov survey, April 2016).We concentrate on developing our stores in main road locationswith high visibility,where our distinctive branding generates high awareness of Big Yellow. Our recent accreditation in the Best 100 Companies to work for is pleasing as an independent assessment of our employee engagement, and our customer satisfaction survey scores remain very high,with an average net promoter score of over 70%, and average customer satisfaction scores of 9.3 out of 10.
Self storage demand from businesses and individuals at any given store is linked in part to local economic activity, consumer and business confidence, all of which are inter-related. Fluctuations in housing activity whether in the rented or owner occupied sector, are also a factor and in our viewinfluence the top slice of demand over and above a core occupancy.This has been demonstrated by the resilience of our like-for-like stores since September 2007 despite a collapse in housing activity and GDP overthe period 2007 to 2009. As can be seen from the ten year summary, the performance of our stores was relatively resilient during the downturn, and within that London and the South East proved to be less volatile.
Local GDP and hence business and housing activity are greatestin the larger urban conurbations and in particular London and the South East, from where we derive 80% of our revenue. Furthermore, people and businesses are space constrained in these more densely populated areas. Barriers to entry in terms of competition for land and difficulty around obtaining planning are also highestinmore urbanised locations.
Over the last 17 years we have built a portfolio of 73 Big Yellow self storage centres, largely freehold, purpose-built and focussed on London,the South East and largemetropolitan cities. 63% of our current store revenue derives from within the M25; for London and the South East, the proportion of current store revenue is 80%.
OurBigYellowstoresareonaverage63,000sqft, comparedtoanindustry average of approximately 43,000 sq ft (source: The Self Storage Association 2016 UK Annual Survey).The upside from filling our larger than average sized stores is, in our view, only possible in large metropolitan markets, where self storage demand from domestic and business customers is the highest. As the operating costs of our assets arerelativelyfixed, larger stores inbiggerurbanconurbations,particularly London, drive higherrevenues and higher operatingmargins.
We continue to believe that the medium term opportunity to create shareholder valuewill be principally achieved by increasing occupancy and rental yield in our existing platform to drive revenue, the majority of which flows through to the bottom line.
Our key objectives remain:
- > leveraging our market leading brand position to generate new prospects,principallyfromourdigital,mobileanddesktopplatforms;
- > focusing on training, selling skills, and customer satisfaction to maximise prospect conversion and referrals;
- > growing occupancy and net rent so as to drive revenue optimally at each store;
- > maintaining a focus on cost control, so revenue growth is transmitted through to earnings growth;
- > selectively adding to the portfolio through new site development and existing store acquisitions;
- > maintaining a conservative capital structure in the business with Group interest cover of a minimum of five times; and
- > producing sustainable returns for shareholders through a low leverage, low volatility, high distribution REIT.
In the sixteen years since flotation in May 2000, Big Yellow has delivered a Total Shareholder Return ("TSR"), including dividends reinvested, of 15.9% per annum, in aggregate 938% atthe closing price of 774.5p on 31March 2016.This compares to 6.9% per annum for the FTSE Real Estate Index and 4.3% per annumforthe FTSE All Share index over the same period. This demonstrates the power of compounding over the longer term.
Our business model
Tried and tested...
| Attractive market dynamics | UK self storage penetration in key urban conurbations remains relatively low |
|---|---|
| Very limited new supply coming onto the market | |
| Resilient through the downturn | |
| Sector growth is positive, with increasing domestic demand | |
| Our competitive advantage | UK industry's most recognised brand |
| Prominent stores on arterial or main roads, with extensive frontage and high visibility |
|
| Largest share of web traffic from mobile and desktop platforms | |
| Excellent customer service, customer feedback programme with store level customer satisfaction surveys |
|
| Largest UK self storage footprint by MaximumLettable Area ("MLA") capacity | |
| Primarily freehold estate concentrated in London and South East and other large metropolitan cities |
|
| Larger average store capacity – economiesof scale, higheroperatingmargins | |
| Secure financing structure with strong balance sheet | |
| Evergreen income streams | 50,000 customers froma diverse base – individuals, SMEs and national accounts |
| Average length of stay for existing customers of 22 months | |
| 27% of customers in stores greater than two year length of stay | |
| Low bad debt expense (0.08% of revenue in the year) | |
| Strong growth opportunities | Driving revenue with a focus on occupancy growth |
| Yield management as occupancy increases | |
| Demand increasing with improving economic activity | |
| Growth in national accounts and business customer base | |
| Increasing the platform financed from internal resources | |
| Growth in our Armadillo joint venture platform | |
| Conversion into | Freehold assets for high operating margins and operational advantage |
| quality earnings | Low technology & obsolescence product,maintenance capex fully expensed |
| Annual compound adjusted eps growth of 17% since 2004/5 |
Our Strategy and Business Model (continued)
The self storage market
In the recently published 2016 Self Storage Association UK Survey, only 41% of those surveyed had a reasonable or good awareness of self storage, in line with findings from our own research. Furthermore, only 7% of the 2,075 adults surveyed were currently using self storage or were thinking of using self storage in the next year. This indicates a continued opportunity for growth and with increasing use, together with the ongoing marketing efforts of everyone in the industry, we anticipate awareness will grow.
Growth in new facilities across the industry has been largely in regional areas of the UK and in particular in smaller towns. In London in 2015, we believe there were six new store openings last year(including our Enfield store), and three closures of stores for redevelopment into alternative uses. Between 2010 and 2015 average industry openings have been approximately 11 per year, which compares to an average of 34 per year in the preceding four years.
The Self Storage Association ("SSA") estimates that the UK industry is made up of approximately 1,077 self storage facilities (of which 195 are purely container operations), providing 37.6 million sq ft of self storage space, equating to 0.6 sq ft per person in the UK.This compares to 7.8 sq ft per person in the US, 1.8 sq ft per person in Australia and 0.1 sq ft for mainland Europe, where the roll-out of self storage is a more recent phenomenon (source: Fedessa European Self Storage Annual Survey 2015). 357 self storage facilities in the UK are held by large operators (defined as those managing 10 facilities or more), which represents 40% of the total number of self storage centres, but we would estimate approximately 50% to 60% of total capacity.
Big Yellow is well placed to benefit from the growing self storage market, given the strength of our brand, and online platform which delivers approximately 86% of our prospect enquiries. Our portfolio is strategically focussed on London, the South East and large metropolitan cities, where barriers to entry and economic activity are at their highest.
KPIs
The key performance indicators of our stores are occupancy and rental yield,which together drive the revenue ofthe business.These are three key measures which are focussed on by the Board, and are reported on a weekly basis. Over the course of past five years, both occupancy and revenue have grown significantly. Rental yieldwas relatively stable between 2011 and 2012, reduced following the introduction of VAT in 2013, grew by 6.1% in the year to 31 March 2014, and decreased by 3.5% in 2015 principally reflecting the acquisition of the Big Yellow Limited Partnership stores, a regional portfolio, at a lower average net rent per sq ft. In the current year, net rent has increased by 2.7%. Our key focus is on continuing to growoccupancy,with rental yield growth following once the stores have reached higher occupancy levels.
Adjusted profit before tax, adjusted earnings per share and distributions to shareholders are our other KPIs. We have delivered compound eps growth of 14% over the past five years, and compound dividend growth of 26% overthe same period. Compound adjusted eps growth since 2004/5 is 17%. We have illustrated the Group's performance in these measures over the past five years on page 11.
Operational and Marketing Review
Overview
We now have a portfolio of 73 open and trading Big Yellow stores, with a further five development sites and two extension opportunities. The current maximum lettable area of this platform is 4.6 million sq ft. When fully built outthe portfoliowill provide approximately 5.0 million sq ft of flexible storage space.
In addition we operate from 16 Armadillo stores which are principally located in northern towns and cities, and operate from a platform of 0.7 million sq ft.
Access to capital and bank facilities has improved in the last couple of years, however this is mainly for larger well-capitalised groups, rather than necessarily the smaller, independent operators. Growth in newopenings overthe lastfive years has averaged just over 1% oftotal capacity per annum, down significantly from the previous decade. Additionally, in our core markets in London and the South East, very high land values driven by competing uses such as residential, is making the creation of new supply very difficult for all operators. We believe that we are in a relatively strong position given the strength of our balance sheet and our proven property development expertise, togetherwithour abilitytoaccess fundingtoexploittherightopportunity. For unprompted brand awareness, our recall across the UK as a whole is more than six times that of our nearest competitor.
Operations
The Big Yellow store model is well established.The "typical" store has 60,000 sq ft of net lettable storage area and takes some three to five years to achieve 80% plus occupancy. Some stores have taken longer than this given they opened just before or during the downturn. The average room size occupied in the portfolio is currently 67 sq ft, in line with last year.
The store is open seven days a week and is initially run by three staff, with a part time member of staff added once the store occupancy justifies the need for the extra administrative and sales workload.
The drive to improve store operating standards and consistency across the portfolio remains a key focus for the Group. Excellent customer service is at the heart of our business objectives, as a satisfied customer is our best marketing tool. We measure customer service standards through a programme of mystery shopping and online customer reviews, all externally managed. Over the year, we have achieved an average net promoter score of over 70%, and average customer satisfaction scores of 9.3 out of 10.
We have a team of nine Area Managers in place who have on average worked for Big Yellow for twelve years. They develop and support the stores to drive the growth of the business.
The store bonus structure rewards occupancy growth, sales growth and cost control through quarterly targets based on occupancy and store profitability, including the contribution from ancillary sales of insurance and packing materials. Information on bonus build up is circulated monthly and stores are consulted in preparing their own targets and budgets each quarter, leading to improved visibility, a better understanding of sales lines and control of operating costs.
We believe that as a consumer-facing branded business itis paramount to maintain the quality of our estate and customer offering. We therefore continue to invest in preventative maintenance, store cleaning and the repair and replacement of essential equipment, such as lifts and gates. The ongoing annual expenditure is approximately £30,000 per store,which is includedwithin cost of sales.This excludes our rolling programme of store makeovers, which typically take place every five years, at a cost of approximately £20,000 per store.
Demand
Of the customers moving into our stores in the last year, surveys undertaken indicate approximately 46% are housemove related, either customers renting storage spacewhilstmovingwithin the rental sector or the owner occupied sector. During the year 11% of our customers who moved in took storage space as a spare room for decluttering and approximately 32% of our customers used the product because some event has occurred in their lives generating the need for storage; they may be moving abroad for a job, have inherited possessions, are getting married or divorced, are studentswho need storage during the holidays, or homeowners developing into their lofts or basements. The balance of 11% of our customer demand during the year came from businesses.
Our business customers range across a number of industry types, such as retailers, e-tailers, professional service companies, hospitality companies and importers/exporters. These businesses store stock, documents, equipment, or promotional materials all requiring a convenient flexible solution to their storage, either to get started or to free up more expensive space.
We have seen solid demand from business customers, as they seek a cost effective, flexible, convenient solution to their storage requirements, preferring self storage to the commitment of a longer lease, and given the difficulty of renting alternative mini-warehousing space in urban areas, particularly London.
Business customers typically stay longer than domestic customers, and also on average occupy largerrooms.Whilst only representing 11% of new customers during the year, businesses represent 19% of our overall customer numbers, occupying 35% of the space in our stores at 31March 2016, domestic customers occupy 65%.The average room size occupied by business customers is 121 sq ft, compared to 54 sq ft for domestic customers.This compares with the 2016 SSA UK Annual Survey result for the industry as a whole which had 59% of space occupied by domestic customers and 41% of space by businesses.We would expectto have a higher proportion of domestic customers given our focus on London and other large metropolitan cities.
We have a dedicated national accounts team for business customers whowish to occupy space inmultiple stores.These accounts are billed and managed centrally. We have four full time members of staff working on growing and managing our national account customers. The national accounts team can arrange storage at short notice at any location for our customers. In smaller towns where we do not have representation, we have negotiated sub-contract arrangements with other operators who meet certain operating standards.
Our Strategy and Business Model (continued)
Marketing and eCommerce
Our marketing strategy continues to focus on driving customer satisfaction and response through our multiple digital platforms.
Forthe lastten years,we have commissioned a YouGov survey to help usmonitor our brand awareness. In ourmostrecent survey, conducted in April 2016, we used a statistically robust sample size of 1,044 respondents in London and 2,084 for the rest of the UK. The survey has shown our prompted awareness to be at 74% in London, two and half times higher than our nearest competitor and 38% for the rest of the UK, over three times higher than our nearest competitor.
For unprompted brand awareness, our recall in London is 49%, more than five times higher than our nearest competitor and for the rest of the UK it is 20%, more than six times higher than our nearest competitor; across the UK as a whole it is more than six times our nearest competitor.These surveys continue to prove we are the UK's brand leader in self storage (source: YouGov, April 2016). The UK Self Storage Association has also conducted a brand awareness survey with similar results.
Online
The Big Yellow website, whether accessed by desktop, tablet or smartphone, delivers the largest share of prospects, accounting for 86% of all sales leads across the year ended 31March 2016.Telephone is the first point of contact for 9% of prospects and walk-in enquiries, wherewe have had no previous contactwith a prospect,represent 5%.
We have the largest online market share of web visits to self storage company websites in the UK. Across the year ended 31 March 2016, our online market share of web visits ranged from 34% to 40%. Our nearest competitor ranged from 14% to 19% online market share for the same period (source: Connexity Hitwise 36 largest UK operators).
We continually monitor and improve thewebsite userjourney to make the experience as informative, customer focussed and intuitive as possible. Our mobile strategy is central to this. By the end of March 2016, smartphones and tablets accounted for 50% of all web visits. Specifically, smartphones alone accounted for 35% of web visits in March 2016, up from 32% in March 2015.The rate of growth in the use of mobiles and tablets is slowing, which may be an indication of a maturing market for these devices, and many of our customers continue to access our digital platforms through desktop computers and laptops.
Whether it is through desktop, tablet or mobile, our customers enjoy a seamless experience whichever digital route they choose. Our latest mobile optimised website was launched in May 2015 with enhanced usability and features.We are continually developing helpful and time saving online tools such as check-in online, online FAQs, video store tours and online chat.These all help the customertomake an informed choice about their self storage requirements.
Online customer reviews
Consistent with our strategy of putting the customer at the heart of our business, our online customer reviews generate real-time feedback from customers as well as providing positive word of mouth referral to our web visitors. Through our 'Big Impressions' customer feedback programme, we ask our new customers to rate our product and service and with the users permission, we then publish these independent reviews on the website.There are currently over 13,200 reviews published.
The Big Impressions programme also generates customerfeedback on their experience when they move out of a Big Yellow store and also fromthose prospectswho decided notto storewith us. In addition,this programme reinforces best practice of customer service at our stores where customer reviews and mystery shop results are transparently accessible at all levels.
In addition,we also gain real-time insightfrom customerswho submit reviews to TrustPilot,the well-known third party customer review site. These reviews are currently averaging 9.3 out of 10.
We also regularly monitor Google reviews and mentions of Big Yellow within the social mediums ofTwitter, online forums and blogs. We use this insight to continually improve our service offering.
Driving online traffic
Search engines are the most important acquisition tool for us, accounting for the majority of traffic to our website. We continue to invest in search engine optimisation ("SEO") techniques both on and off the site. This helps us to maintain our high positions for the most popular and most searched for terms such as "storage" and "self storage" in the organic listings on Google.
The sponsored search listings remain the largest source of paid for traffic andwe ensure our prominence in these listings is balancedwith effective landing pages to maximise site conversion.
This year, we have also continued with online display advertising on websiteswhich are targeted to our core audience groups.This activity performs both a direct response and branding role.
Efficiencies in online spend are continuing into the year ending 31 March 2017, ensuring the return on investment is maximised from all of our different online traffic sources. Onlinemarketing budgetswill continue to remain fluid and be directed towards the media with the best return on investment.
We have the largest online market share of web visits to self storage company websites in the UK.
Social media
Socialmedia continues to be complementary to our existingmarketing channels. Our activity is mostfocussed on Twitter, not only monitoring and answering queries regarding self storage, but also posting our own creative tweets,tips and advice.The Big YellowYouTube channel is used to showcase our stores to web prospects through a video store tour. We use both domestic and business versions to help prospects experience the quality ofthe productwithoutthe need forthemto visit the store in person. Our online blog is updated regularly with tips and advice for homeowners and businesses as well as summaries of our charitable and CSR initiatives.
PR
We have used PR stories in the year to help raise the awareness of Big Yellow and the benefits of self storage to different audience groups. These have focussed on the flexible benefits of using self storage at different key life events such as having a baby and dealingwith divorce and separation. These stories help to promote the wider uses of Big Yellow Self Storage and have generated both national and regional media coverage online and offline. They are also supported by radio interviews which allow us to talk about the benefits of Big Yellow.
Budget
During the year the Group spent approximately £4.0 million on marketing (4% of total store revenue). We have increased the budget for the year ahead to £4.2 million with a focus on delivering more prospects to our stores from our digital channels.
Cyber security
The Group receives specialist advice and consultancy in respect of cyber security andwe have dedicated in-housemonitoring and regular reviews of our security systems. We also limit the retention of customer data to the minimum requirement.
During the year we have continued to invest in digital security, implementing new intrusion detection systems as well as the replacement of existing systems such as firewalls. Policies and procedures are under regular review and benchmarked against industry best practice by our consultants.These policies also include defend, detect and response policies.
Strategic Report (continued)
Proforma Portfolio Summary – Big Yellow Stores
| 2016 | 2015 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Mature(1) | Established | Developing | Total | Mature | Established | Developing | Total | |
| Number of stores(2) | 56 | 11 | 4 | 71 | 56 | 11 | 2 | 69 |
| At 31 March | ||||||||
| Total capacity (sq ft) | 3,495,000 | 704,000 | 265,000 | 4,464,000 | 3,495,000 | 704,000 | 145,000 | 4,344,000 |
| Occupied space (sq ft) | 2,689,000 | 538,000 | 136,000 | 3,363,000 | 2,589,000 | 503,000 | 86,000 | 3,178,000 |
| Percentage occupied | 76.9% | 76.4% | 51.3% | 75.3% | 74.1% | 71.4% | 59.3% | 73.2% |
| Net rent per sq ft | £26.78 | £21.73 | £24.32 | £25.90 | £25.97 | £21.44 | £24.19 | £25.23 |
| For the year | ||||||||
| REVPAF(3) | £23.78 | £19.20 | £14.48 | £22.59 | £22.21 | £17.18 | £13.48 | £21.09 |
| Average occupancy | 76.3% | 73.4% | 51.9% | 74.7% | 73.1% | 68.0% | 49.1% | 71.5% |
| Average annual rent psf | £26.55 | £21.88 | £24.05 | £25.73 | £25.92 | £21.04 | £23.37 | £25.10 |
| £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |
| Self storage income | 70,853 | 11,302 | 2,745 | 84,900 | 65,017 | 10,068 | 1,666 | 76,751 |
| Other storage related income(4) | 12,036 | 2,116 | 416 | 14,568 | 10,990 | 1,923 | 267 | 13,180 |
| Ancillary store rental income | 228 | 102 | 24 | 354 | 153 | 102 | 21 | 276 |
| Total store revenue | 83,117 | 13,520 | 3,185 | 99,822 | 76,160 | 12,093 | 1,954 | 90,207 |
| Direct store operating costs | ||||||||
| (excluding depreciation) | (24,202) | (4,353) | (1,531) | (30,086) | (23,041) | (4,269) | (1,046) | (28,356) |
| Short and long leasehold rent (5) |
(1,893) | – | – | (1,893) | (1,941) | – | – | (1,941) |
| Store EBITDA(6) | 57,022 | 9,167 | 1,654 | 67,843 | 51,178 | 7,824 | 908 | 59,910 |
| Store EBITDA margin | 68.6% | 67.8% | 51.9% | 68.0% | 67.2% | 64.7% | 46.5% | 66.4% |
| Deemed cost | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||
| To 31 March 2016 | 364.0 | 130.9 | 56.6 | 551.5 | ||||
| Capex to complete | 0.8 | 0.1 | 0.3 | 1.2 | ||||
| Total | 364.8 | 131.0 | 56.9 | 552.7 |
(1) The mature stores have been open for more than six years at 1 April 2015. The established stores have been open for between three and six years at 1 April 2015 and the developing stores have been open for fewer three years at 1 April 2015.
(2) The Group acquired the 66.7% of Big Yellow Limited Partnership that it did not previously own on 1 December 2014. The results of the stores in the Partnership have been included in the results above in full for the prior year to give a clearer understanding of the underlying performance of all Big Yellow stores. The table below shows the results for the prior year excluding the period when the stores were not wholly owned, reconciled with the reported statutory results for the year ended 31 March 2015.
| 2015 Partnership |
|||
|---|---|---|---|
| Proforma above £000 |
results as an associate £000 |
Statutory £000 |
|
| Store revenue | 90,207 | (7,476) | 82,731 |
| Store EBITDA | 59,910 | (4,659) | 55,251 |
(3) Total store revenue divided by the average maximum lettable area in the year.
(4) Packing materials, insurance and other storage related fees.
(5) Rent for six mature short leasehold properties accounted for as investment properties and finance leases under IFRS with total self storage capacity of 398,000 sq ft, and a long leasehold lease-up store with a capacity of 64,000 sq ft.
(6) Store earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, and an allocation of central overhead.
Our Portfolio Unrivalled in the UK
An unrivalled portfolio of stores across London,
the South East and other large metropolitan cities.
Cambridge, January 2016 MLA – 60,000 sq ft
Chester, February 2015 MLA – 69,000 sq ft
Oxford 2, July 2014 MLA – 35,000 sq ft
Gypsy Corner, April 2014 MLA – 70,000 sq ft
Chiswick, April 2012 MLA – 75,000 sq ft
New Cross, February 2012 MLA – 62,000 sq ft
Stockport, September 2011 MLA – 65,000 sq ft
Eltham, April 2011 MLA – 70,000 sq ft
MLA – 68,000 sq ft
Our Portfolio (continued)
Sheffield Bramall Lane, September 2009 MLA – 60,000 sq ft Poole, August 2009 MLA – 55,000 sq ft
Nottingham, August 2009 MLA – 67,000 sq ft
Edinburgh, July 2009 MLA – 63,000 sq ft
Twickenham, May 2009 MLA – 73,000 sq ft
Liverpool, March 2009 MLA – 60,000 sq ft
Bromley, March 2009 MLA – 71,000 sq ft
Birmingham, February 2009 MLA – 60,000 sq ft
Sheen, December 2008 MLA – 64,000 sq ft
Sheffield Hillsborough, October 2008 MLA – 60,000 sq ft
Kennington, May 2008 MLA – 66,000 sq ft
Merton, March 2008 MLA – 70,000 sq ft
Fulham, March 2008 MLA – 139,000 sq ft
Balham, March 2008 MLA – 60,000 sq ft
Barking, November 2007 MLA – 64,000 sq ft
Ealing Southall, November 2007 MLA – 57,000 sq ft
Sutton, July 2007 MLA – 70,000 sq ft
Gloucester, December 2006 MLA – 50,000 sq ft
Edmonton, October 2006 MLA – 75,000 sq ft
Finchley East, May 2006 MLA – 54,000 sq ft
Tunbridge Wells, April 2006 MLA – 57,000 sq ft
Bristol Central, March 2006 MLA – 64,000 sq ft
Kingston, August 2006 MLA – 62,000 sq ft
Bristol Ashton Gate, July 2006
MLA – 61,000 sq ft
North Kensington, December 2005 MLA – 51,000 sq ft
Leeds, July 2005 MLA – 76,000 sq ft
Beckenham, May 2005 MLA – 71,000 sq ft
Tolworth, November 2004 MLA – 56,000 sq ft
Watford, August 2004 MLA – 64,000 sq ft
Swindon, April 2004 MLA – 53,000 sq ft
Orpington, December 2003 MLA – 64,000 sq ft
Byfleet, November 2003 MLA – 48,000 sq ft
MLA – 54,000 sq ft
Finchley North, March 2003 MLA – 62,000 sq ft
West Norwood, January 2003 MLA – 57,000 sq ft
Colchester, December 2002 MLA – 54,000 sq ft
Bow, November 2002 MLA – 132,000 sq ft
Brighton, October 2002 MLA – 59,000 sq ft
Guildford, June 2002 MLA – 55,000 sq ft
Our Portfolio (continued)
New Malden, May 2002 MLA – 81,000 sq ft
Hounslow, December 2001 MLA – 54,000 sq ft
Battersea, December 2001 MLA – 34,000 sq ft
Ilford, November 2001 MLA – 58,000 sq ft
Cardiff, October 2001 MLA – 74,000 sq ft
Portsmouth, October 2001 MLA – 61,000 sq ft
Norwich, September 2001 MLA – 47,000 sq ft
Dagenham, July 2001 MLA – 51,000 sq ft
Wandsworth, April 2001 MLA – 47,000 sq ft
Luton, March 2001 MLA – 41,000 sq ft
Southend, March 2001 MLA – 57,000 sq ft
Staples Corner, March 2001 MLA – 112,000 sq ft
Romford, November 2000 MLA – 70,000 sq ft
Milton Keynes, September 2000 MLA – 61,000 sq ft
Cheltenham, April 2000 MLA – 50,000 sq ft
Slough, February 2000 MLA – 67,000 sq ft
Hanger Lane, October 1999 MLA – 66,000 sq ft
Oxford, August 1999 MLA – 33,000 sq ft
Croydon, July 1999 MLA – 80,000 sq ft
Richmond, May 1999 MLA – 35,000 sq ft
Strategic Report (continued)
Proforma Portfolio Summary – Armadillo Stores(1)
| March 2016 |
March 2015 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Number of stores | 14 | 14 |
| At 31 March: | ||
| Total capacity (sq ft) | 673,000 | 673,000 |
| Occupied space (sq ft) | 477,000 | 463,000 |
| Percentage occupied | 70.9% | 68.8% |
| Net rent per sq ft | £15.59 | £15.09 |
| For the year: | ||
| REVPAF | £13.33 | £12.73 |
| Average occupancy | 70.7% | 68.9% |
| Average annual rent psf | £15.64 | £15.44 |
| £000 | £000 | |
| Self storage income | 7,428 | 7,146 |
| Other storage related income | 1,531 | 1,408 |
| Ancillary store rental income | 9 | 10 |
| Total store revenue | 8,968 | 8,564 |
| Direct store operating costs (excluding depreciation) | (3,681) | (3,616) |
| Leasehold rent | (411) | (411) |
| Store EBITDA(2) | 4,876 | 4,537 |
| Store EBITDA margin | 54.4% | 53.0% |
| Cumulative capital expenditure | £m | |
| To 31 March 2016 | 43.5 | |
| To complete | 0.6 | |
| Total capital expenditure | 44.1 |
(1) Please note the Group acquired an interest in Armadillo 1 on 16 April 2014 and in Armadillo 2 on 3 February 2015. The results shown for the comparative period are to provide readers with a clearer understanding of the performance of the portfolios. Please see note 13d for further details.
(2) Store earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, and management fees charged by Big Yellow to the Armadillo portfolios (see note 26).
Store Performance
We had a strong quarter to June with good net move-in growth. The second quarter peaked in August and then many of our students and shorttermhousemoves vacate in September and October, leading to a net loss in occupied rooms and sq ft occupancy.
In the final quarter we have seen a return to growth in net occupied rooms and increased occupancy in the stores by 123,000 sq ft. The table below illustrates the move-in performance in the year. Given the weaker economic backdrop to deliver broadly the same number of move-ins was a satisfactory performance.
| Store move-ins | Total move-ins Year ended 31 March 2016 |
Total move-ins Year ended 31 March 2015 |
% | Net move-ins Year ended 31 March 2016 |
Net sq ft Year ended 31 March 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| April to June | 20,112 | 20,196 | 0% | 4,460 | 146,000 |
| July to September | 21,763 | 21,873 | (1%) | (1,183) | 54,000 |
| October to December | 16,643 | 16,897 | (2%) | (1,998) | (138,000) |
| January to March | 16,920 | 16,131 | 5% | 1,420 | 123,000 |
| Total | 75,438 | 75,097 | 0% | 2,699 | 185,000 |
In all Big Yellow stores, the occupancy growth in the current year was 185,000 sq ft, against an increase of 267,000 sq ft in the prior year (the prior yearfigure excludes 79,000 sq ft of occupancy acquiredwith the acquisitions of Chester and Oxford 2). This growth represents an average of 2,606 sq ft per store (2015: 3,870 sq ft per store). The prior year increase included a one-off shortterm national account move-in of 25,000 sq ft who vacated in April 2015. Adjusting this out of both years would show current year occupancy growth of 210,000 sq ft compared to 242,000 sq ft in the prior year.
| Store occupancy summary | Occupancy 31 March 2016 000 sq ft |
Occupancy 31 March 2015 000 sq ft |
Growth for year to 31 March 2016 000 sq ft |
Growth for year to 31 March 2015 000 sq ft |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 56 mature stores | 2,689 | 2,589 | 100 | 141 |
| 11 established stores | 538 | 503 | 35 | 84 |
| 4 developing stores | 136 | 86 | 50 | 42 |
| Total – all 71 stores | 3,363 | 3,178 | 185 | 267 |
The 56 mature stores are 76.9% occupied compared to 74.1% at the same time last year. The 11 established stores have grown in occupancy from 71.4% to 76.4%. The four developing stores added 50,000 sq ft of occupancy in the year to reach closing occupancy of 51.3%. Overall store occupancy has increased in the year from 73.2% to 75.3%. On a like-for-like basis, closing occupancy was 76.7%, an increase of 3.5 percentage points.
70 of the stores open at the year end are trading profitably at the EBITDA level, with Cambridge the exception, having opened in January 2016, and expected to break even in summer 2016.
Pricing and rental yield
We have continued our sales promotion offer throughout the year of "50% off for up to yourfirst 8weeks storage". Our Price Promise is also used tomatch competitors' prices ifthe productis comparable. Pricing is dynamically generated and takes into account customer demand and local competition.
In the year ended 31 March 2016, the average growth in the net achieved rent per sq ft was 2.5% compared to 2.6% in the prior year. We remain focussed on occupancy and the outcome on portfolio average rental growth ismerely a by-product ofthe yieldmanagement at each store.
As our portfolio is nowat a higherlevel of occupancy, our pricingmodel is increasingly reducing promotions and is raising asking priceswhere individual units are in scarce supply. This lowering of promotions, coupled with price increases to existing and new customers, leads to an increase in net achieved rents. The table below illustrates this, showing the growth in netrent per sq ftforthe portfolio overthe period (the table below excludes Enfield and Cambridge which opened in the year).
| Average occupancy in the year |
Number of stores |
Net rent per sq ft growth over the year |
|---|---|---|
| 0 to 60% | 4 | (1.9%) |
| 60 to 70% | 13 | 1.6% |
| 70 to 80% | 28 | 2.3% |
| Above 80% | 24 | 4.1% |
The table below shows the average key metrics across the store portfolio for the year ended 31 March 2016:
| Mature stores | Established stores | Developing stores | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Store capacity | 62,400 | 64,000 | 66,250 |
| Sq ft occupied per store at 31 March 2016 | 48,000 | 48,900 | 34,000 |
| % occupancy | 76.9% | 76.4% | 51.3% |
| Revenue per store (£000) | 1,484 | 1,229 | 796 |
| EBITDA per store (£000) | 1,018 | 833 | 414 |
| EBITDA margin | 68.6% | 67.8% | 51.9% |
Armadillo Self Storage
In April 2014 we acquired the portfolio of 10 Armadillo stores, which we have been managing since 2009, with an Australian consortium. The Armadillo platform was grown in February 2015 with the acquisition of a further four stores following the purchase of Big Storage by the Group and its subsequent disposal to a company in which the Group has a 20% interest, with the balance held by an Australian consortium.
In April 2016 we acquired a further two stores into the Armadillo platform in Canterbury and West Molesey, for £6.4 million.This takes the Armadillo platform to 16 stores and 745,000 sq ft of MLA.
Armadillo is a lower-frills brand, with largely freehold conversions of existing buildings, with a minimum capacity of 30,000 sq ft, in towns where we would not typically locate a Big Yellow. Armadillo provides a number of operational advantages to the Group, such as a wider platform to sell to national accounts, more opportunities for staff promotion, and more efficient use of the Company's marketing and central overhead costs.The Groupwill consider other opportunities to add to the Armadillo platform if the right stores or portfolios become available.
Development pipeline
We have planning consentto construct a newstore in central Guildford, which we anticipate opening in Autumn 2017. We own a further six development sites forwhich planning is to be negotiated, including two existing storeswhere planning is being soughtto extend and redevelop.
We recently surrendered our 125 year lease in Manchester to the City Council for £8 million and took a new 250 year lease on a site of 0.8 acres for which planning for a self storage centre will be sought. We also have an option to re-acquire an additional 0.7 acres if our planning application is unsuccessful.
Includedwithin our development programme are London sites at Kings Cross and Camberwell, acquired during the year. Kings Cross is a one acre site on which we intend to develop a new build store of in excess of 90,000 sq ft, subject to planning. Camberwell is in Zone 2 to the south of London Bridge, and we intend to develop a new build store of 65,000 to 70,000 sq ft, subject to planning.
In December 2014 we acquired the freehold interest of our existing 34,000 sq ft store in Battersea, which had 12 years remaining on the occupational lease togetherwith a 14,100 sq ftretail unitletto Halfords on an annual rent of £458,000 with 6 years unexpired, part of which is subletto Pets at Home.This increased the freehold ownership of our portfolio and protected our position in this important central London location. In the medium term, we will redevelop the 1.5 acre site to include a larger Big Yellow store together with other uses.
Store Performance (continued)
| Site | Location | Status | Anticipated capacity |
|---|---|---|---|
| Guildford | Prime location in centre of Guildford on Woodbridge Meadows |
Minor amendments to existing planning consent being sought. Store due to open in Autumn 2017, cost to complete of £5.5 million |
56,000 sq ft |
| Wandsworth, London |
Possible extension of 27,000 sq ft to existing 47,000 sq ft store |
Planning under negotiation | Additional 27,000 sq ft |
| Camberwell, London |
Located in prominent location on Southampton Way |
Site recently acquired, planning application to be prepared |
65,000 to 70,000 sq ft |
| Kings Cross, London |
Prominent location on York Way | Site recently acquired, planning application to be prepared |
In excess of 90,000 sq ft |
| Battersea, London |
Prominent location on junction of Lombard Road and York Road (South Circular) |
Potential redevelopment of Big Yellow store and adjoining retail in a mixed use residential scheme to increase our self storage capacity |
Up to an additional 50,000 sq ft |
| Early design discussions with the Borough Council |
|||
| Newcastle | Prime location on Scotswood Road | Negotiations ongoing with existing long leasehold tenant to obtain vacant possession |
50,000 sq ft to 60,000 sq ft |
| Manchester | Prime location on Water Street in central Manchester |
Planning under negotiation | 60,000 sq ft |
The status of the Group's development pipeline is summarised in the table below:
The Group acquired trading stores from Lock and Leave at Nine Elms and Twickenham in April 2016 for £14.6 million. Beyond this acquisition, there is currently no committed capital expenditure for the next financial year, although the Group intends to start the construction of Guildford in the second half of the year.
The Group manages the construction and fit-out of its stores in-house, as we believe it provides both better control and quality, and we have an excellent record of building stores on time and within budget.
Delivering results
Like-for-like revenue for the year was £87.6 million, an increase of 10% from the prior year (2015: £79.9 million).
Financial results
Revenue
Total revenue for the year was £101.4 million, an increase of £17.1 million (20%) from £84.3 million in the prior year. Like-for-like revenue for the year was £87.6 million, an increase of 10% from the prior year (2015: £79.9 million). Like-for-like revenue excludes the 12 Partnership stores (acquired December 2014), Chester (acquired January 2015), Enfield (opened April 2015) and Cambridge (opened January 2016);the prior period figure also excludesmanagementfees earned from Big Yellow Limited Partnership.
Other sales (included within the above), comprising the selling of packingmaterials, insurance and storage related charges,represented 17.2% of storage income for the year (2015: 16.8%) and generated revenue of £14.6million forthe year, up 24% from£11.8million in 2015. On a like-for-like basis, the increase in other sales was 9%.
The other revenue earned by the Group is management fee income, largely from the Armadillo Partnerships, and tenant income on sites where we have not started development.
Operating costs
Cost of sales comprises principally of the direct store operating costs, including store staff salaries, utilities, business rates, insurance, a full allocation ofthe centralmarketing budget and repairs andmaintenance.
The breakdown of the portfolio's operating costs on a proforma basis (with the Partnership stores in full in both years) compared to the prior year is shown in the table below (see Portfolio Summary):
| Category | Year ended 31 March 2016 £000 |
Year ended 31 March 2015 £000 |
% increase | % of store operating costs in 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cost of sales (insurance and packing materials) | 2,149 | 2,035 | 6% | 7% |
| Staff costs | 8,001 | 7,512 | 7% | 27% |
| General & Admin | 1,183 | 1,134 | 4% | 4% |
| Utilities | 1,406 | 1,431 | (2%) | 5% |
| Property Rates | 9,544 | 9,144 | 4% | 32% |
| Marketing | 3,865 | 3,431 | 13% | 13% |
| Repairs / Maintenance | 2,240 | 2,088 | 7% | 7% |
| Insurance | 992 | 912 | 9% | 3% |
| Computer Costs | 440 | 442 | 0% | 1% |
| Irrecoverable VAT | 266 | 227 | 17% | 1% |
| Total | 30,086 | 28,356 | 6% |
Cost of sales in the income statement has increased by £5.2 million (19%) to £32.6 million (2015: £27.4 million). Of this increase £2.9 million arises as a result of including a full year of the operating costs of the Partnership stores acquired on 1 December 2014.
In the table above which shows the Partnership stores as if they had been owned for a full year, the operating costs have increased by £1.7 million. £0.8 million of this increase is due to new stores at Enfield, Cambridge and the full year impact of Chester.The remaining increase of £0.9 million (representing a 3% increase on the prior year on a like forlike basis)is due to an increased investmentinmarketing, inflationary increases, coupledwith the prior yearfigure being reduced by rates rebates at couple of stores.
Administrative expenses in the income statement have increased by £0.4 million compared to the prior year. This is due principally to an increase of £0.5million in the share based payment charge offset by a reduction in legal and professional fees. In addition, it is important to note that of our total £8.9 million administrative expense for the year, £2.5 million relates to the non-cash share based payments charge.
Financial Review (continued)
Store EBITDA
Store EBITDA for the year included in the income statement was £67.8million, an increase of £12.5million (23%)from£55.3million for the year ended 31March 2015.The increase including the Partnership stores on a proforma basis in the prior yearis 13% (2015: £59.9million) (see Portfolio Summary).
The overall EBITDA margin for all Big Yellow stores during the year was 68.0%, compared to 66.4% last year.
Interest expense on bank borrowings
The gross bank interest expense for the year was £11.2 million, an increase of £1.1million fromthe prior year.This reflects the higher debt levels following the acquisition of the Partnership stores in December 2014 and capital expenditure in the current year, partly offset by a reduction in the Group's average cost of debt. The average cost of borrowing during the yearwas 3.6% compared to 3.9% in the prior year.
Total interest payable has increased in the statement of comprehensive income from £10.7 million to £11.9 million principally due to the increase in the gross bank interest expense mentioned above. Capitalised interest decreased by £0.2 million from the prior year. The interest capitalised in the year is principally on our Cambridge development.
Profit before tax
The Group made a profit before tax in the year of £112.2 million, compared to a profit of £105.2 million in the prior year.
After adjusting forthe gain on the revaluation of investment properties and other matters shown in the table below, the Group made an adjusted profit before tax in the year of £49.0 million, up 24% from £39.4 million in 2015.
| Profit before tax analysis | 2016 £m |
2015 £m |
|---|---|---|
| Profit before tax | 112.2 | 105.2 |
| Gain on revaluation of | ||
| investment properties | (58.0) | (64.5) |
| Movement in fair value on | ||
| interest rate derivatives | – | 2.3 |
| Gains on surplus land | (4.8) | (1.3) |
| Share of non-recurring | ||
| gains in associates | (0.4) | (2.3) |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 49.0 | 39.4 |
The movement in the adjusted profit before tax from the prior year is illustrated in the table below:
| £m | |
|---|---|
| Adjusted profit before tax – year ended | |
| 31 March 2015 | 39.4 |
| Increase in gross profit | 11.8 |
| Increase in net interest payable | (1.1) |
| Increase in administrative expenses | (0.4) |
| Decrease in share of recurring profit of associates | (0.5) |
| Decrease in capitalised interest | (0.2) |
| Adjusted profit before tax – year ended | |
| 31 March 2016 | 49.0 |
Basic earnings per share forthe yearwas 71.9p (2015: 72.5p) and fully diluted earnings per share was 71.6 p (2015: 71.9p). Diluted EPRA earnings per share based on adjusted profit after tax was up 15% to 31.1p (2015: 27.1p) (see note 12). The percentage increase is lower than that reported for adjusted profit before tax due to the impact of placing an additional 14.4 million shares on 19 November 2014 to part fund the acquisition of the Big Yellow Limited Partnership stores.
REIT status
The Group converted to a Real Estate Investment Trust ("REIT") in January 2007. Since then the Group has benefited from a zero tax rate on the Group's qualifying self storage earnings. The Group only pays tax on the profits attributable to our residual business, comprising primarily of the sale of packing materials and insurance, and fees earned from the management of the Armadillo portfolio.
REIT status gives the Group exemption from UK corporation tax on profits and gains from its qualifying portfolio of UK stores. Revaluation gains on developments and our existing open stores will be exempt from corporation tax on capital gains, provided certain criteria are met.
The Group has a rigorous internal system in place for monitoring compliance with criteria set out in the REITregulations. On a monthly basis, a report to the Executive on compliance with these criteria is carried out. To date, the Group has complied with all REIT regulations, including forward looking tests.
Taxation
There is a tax charge in the current year of £0.2 million.This compares to a tax creditin the prior year of £0.4million. In the prior yearthe Group received a refund of £0.2 million in relation to the REIT conversion charge for two properties and there was a £0.3 million credit due to a favourable difference between the tax provision and actualtax liability.
The current year tax charge reflects an increase in profits in our residual business, in part offset by deductions allowed for tax purposes from the exercise of share options.
Dividends
The Board is recommending the payment of a final dividend of 12.8 pence per share in addition to the interimdividend of 12.1 pence, giving a total dividend forthe year of 24.9 pence, an increase of 15% from the prior year.
REITregulatory requirements determine the level of Property Income Dividend ("PID") payable by the Group. On the basis of the full year distributable reserves for PID purposes, a PID of 18.1 pence per share is payable (31March 2015: 16.1 pence).The balance ofthe total annual dividend represents an ordinary dividend declared atthe discretion of the Board, in line with our policy to distribute 80% of our adjusted earnings per share in each reporting period.
The table below summarises the declared dividend for the year:
| Dividend (pence per share) | 31 March 2016 |
31 March 2015 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Interim dividend – PID | – discretionary – total |
12.1p nil p 12.1p |
10.4p nil p 10.4p |
| Final dividend | – PID | 6.0p | 5.7p |
| – discretionary | 6.8p | 5.6p | |
| – total | 12.8p | 11.3p | |
| Total dividend | – PID | 18.1p | 16.1p |
| – discretionary | 6.8p | 5.6p | |
| – total | 24.9p | 21.7p |
Subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 22 July 2016,the final dividendwill be paid on 28 July 2016. The ex-div date is 16 June 2016 and the record date is 17 June 2016.
Cash flow growth
The Group is strongly cash generative and draws down from its longer term committed facilities as required to meet obligations.
A summary of the cash flow for the year is set out in the table below:
| Year ended 31 March 2016 £000 |
Year ended 31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Cash generated from operations | 66,215 | 51,875 |
| Net finance costs (including tax) | (10,748) | (9,478) |
| Free cash flow | 55,467 | 42,397 |
| Capital expenditure | (44,575) | (42,786) |
| Finance lease payments | (967) | (918) |
| Acquisition of Big Yellow Limited | ||
| Partnership | – | (37,406) |
| Acquisition of Big Storage Limited | – | (15,114) |
| Asset sales (including Big Storage | ||
| Limited) | 7,835 | 10,429 |
| Receipt from Capital Goods Scheme | 184 | 3,557 |
| Investment in associates (net of | ||
| dividends received) | 270 | (3,620) |
| Cash flow after investing | ||
| activities | 18,214 | (43,461) |
| Ordinary dividends | (36,443) | (27,890) |
| Issue of share capital | 378 | 77,094 |
| Non-recurring finance costs | – | (4,057) |
| Net movement on Big Storage loans | – | 4,241 |
| Repayment of Partnership loan | – | (57,000) |
| Increase in borrowings | 26,864 | 55,966 |
| Net cash inflow | 9,013 | 4,893 |
| Opening cash and cash equivalents | 8,194 | 3,301 |
| Closing cash and cash equivalents | 17,207 | 8,194 |
| Closing debt | (312,198) | (285,334) |
| Closing net debt | (294,991) | (277,140) |
Free cash flow pre-capital expenditure increased by 31% to £55.5 million for the year (2015: £42.4 million). In the year capital expenditure outflows were £44.6 million, down from £95.3 million in the prior year(including acquisitions).
The capital expenditure during the year principally relates to the acquisition and construction of our new store in Cambridge and the acquisition of development sites at Kings Cross and Camberwell. We have also continued to invest in fitting out further Phase 2 space at our existing stores.
During the prior year we acquired an existing store in Oxford, the freehold of Chester, the freehold of our store in Battersea and paid the deposit on acquiring a site in Cambridge. We also constructed our Enfield store and invested in Phase 2 fit outs. Additionally,we acquired the two thirds share of Big Yellow Limited Partnership and acquired, and subsequently disposed ofthe share capital of Big Storage Limited with four stores excluding the leasehold interest in Chester.
The cash flowafterinvesting activitieswas a netinflowof £18.2million in the year, compared to an outflow of £43.5 million in 2015; the improvement being due to one off acquisitions in the prior year as explained above. The non-recurring finance costs in the prior year relate to £1.4 million of payments made to cancel interest rate derivatives and £2.6 million relating to arrangement fees paid for the M&G and senior debt loans.
Balance sheet
Property
The Group's 71 stores and 5 stores under development at 31 March 2016,which are classified as investment properties, have been valued individually by Cushman&Wakefield ("C&W") and this has resulted in an investment property asset value of £1,126.2 million, comprising £1,050.3 million (93%) for the 65 freehold (including two long leaseholds) open stores, £41.9 million (4%)forthe six shortleasehold open stores and £34.0 million (3%) for the five freehold investment properties under construction.
| Analysis of property portfolio | Value at 31 March 2016 |
Revaluation movement in year |
|---|---|---|
| Investment property | £1,092.2m | £62.0m |
| Investment property under | ||
| construction | £34.0m | (£4.0m) |
| Total | £1,126.2m | £58.0m |
Investment property
The valuations in the current year have grown from the prior year,with a revaluation surplus of £62.0 million on the open Big Yellow stores. Ofthis increase £12.4 million is due to an improvementin the cap rate used in the valuations. £64.0 million of the increase in value is due to the growth in cash flowfromthe assets and the operating assumptions adopted in the valuations. These factors are in part offset by an increase in the purchasers' costs assumed in the valuation from 5.8% to a range of 6.1% to 6.8% reflecting the new progressive SDLT rates brought into force in March 2016, which reduced the valuation by £14.4 million.
Financial Review (continued)
The valuation is based on an average occupancy over the 10 year cash flow period of 80.9% across the whole portfolio.
| Mature | Established | Developing | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Leasehold | Freehold | Freehold | Freehold | Total | ||
| Number of stores | 6 | 50 | 11 | 4 | 71 | |
| MLA capacity (sq ft) | 398,000 | 3,097,000 | 704,000 | 265,000 | 4,464,000 | |
| Valuation at 31 March 2016 | £41.9m | £835.6m | £150.4m | £64.3m | £1,092.2m | |
| Value per sq ft | £105 | £270 | £214 | £243 | £245 | |
| Occupancy at 31 March 2016 | 81.1% | 76.4% | 76.4% | 51.3% | 75.3% | |
| Stabilised occupancy assumed | 83.1% | 80.9% | 84.1% | 85.0% | 81.9% | |
| Net initial yield pre-admin expenses | 11.9% | 6.4% | 6.5% | 3.9% | 6.5% | |
| Stabilised yield assuming no rental growth | 12.6% | 6.9% | 7.5% | 7.5% | 7.2% |
The initial yield pre-administration expenses assuming no rental growth is 6.5% (2015: 6.4%) rising to a stabilised yield of 7.2% (2015: 7.4%). The stores are assumed to growto stabilised occupancy in 20 months on average. Note 14 contains more detail on the assumptions underpinning the valuations.
There is very little transaction activity in the prime self storagemarket, although there has been some activity for secondary assets. As referenced in note 14, C&W's valuation reportfurther confirms that the properties have been valued individually but that if the portfolio was to be sold as a single lot or in selected groups of properties, the total value could differ significantly. C&W state that in current market conditions they are of the view that there could be a material portfolio premium.
Investment property under construction
The investment property under construction has increased significantly since the prior year,with the acquisitions of development sites at Kings Cross and Camberwell. This has been offset by the transfers of Enfield and Cambridge to investment property on the opening of the stores. There is a revaluation deficit of £4.0 million in relation to the investment property under construction in the year.This in part relates to Manchester, where the projected construction costs have increased; additionally, the valuation of Kings Cross does not reflect the larger scheme being planned on site, as the proposed land exchange to facilitate this has not yet been contracted.
Purchaser's cost adjustment
As in prior years, we have instructed an alternative valuation on our assets using a purchaser's cost assumption of 2.75% (see note 14 for further details)to be used in the calculation of our adjusted diluted net asset value.This Red Book valuation on the basis of 2.75% purchaser's costs, results in a higher property valuation at 31 March 2016 of £1,190.4 million (£64.2 million higher than the value recorded in the financial statements).With the share of uplift on the revaluation ofthe Armadillo stores, this translates to 40.8 pence per share.
The revised valuation translates into an adjusted net asset value per share of 569.1 pence (2015: 510.4 pence) after the dilutive effect of outstanding share options.
Surplus land
During the year, the Group sold its surplus site in Central Manchester for £8 million. This represented a profit over book value, after selling costs, of £4.8 million, which included the release of a provision previously made against the land of £2.3 million. In the prior year, the Group sold its surplus site at Guildford Central for £2.8 million, representing a profit over book value of £1.3 million.
At 31 March 2016 the Group owned £0.3 million of land surplus to our requirements at one site. The site is held at the lower of cost and net realisable value and has not been externally valued; itis contracted to be sold for £0.3 million in the year ended 31 March 2017.
Receivables
At 31 March 2016 we have a receivable of £9.4 million in respect of payments due back to the Group under the Capital Goods Scheme as a consequence of the introduction of VAT on self storage from 1 October 2012.
The debtor has been discounted in accordance with International Accounting Standards to the net present value using the Group's average cost of debt, with £0.4 million of the discount being unwound through interestreceivable in the period.The gross value ofthe debtor before discounting is £10.1 million.
The Group received £0.2 million under the Scheme in the year, with £3.6 million received during the prior year, with the majority of the October 2015 receipt accelerated to January 2015 following themerger of the Group's two VAT groups.
Movement in adjusted NAV
The year on year movement in adjusted net asset value (see note 12) is illustrated in the table below:
| Movement in adjusted net asset value | Equity shareholders' funds £m |
EPRA adjusted NAV per share (pence) |
|---|---|---|
| 1 April 2015 | 801.4 | 510.4 |
| Adjusted profit | 49.0 | 31.0 |
| Equity dividends paid | (36.4) | (23.0) |
| Revaluation movements | ||
| (including share of associate) | 58.7 | 37.2 |
| Movement in purchaser's cost adjustment | 18.6 | 11.8 |
| Profit on disposal of surplus land | 4.8 | 3.0 |
| Other movements (eg share schemes) | 2.9 | (1.3) |
| 31 March 2016 | 899.0 | 569.1 |
Borrowings
We focus on improving our cash flows allied to a relatively conservative debt structure secured principally against the freehold estate. For the year we had healthy Group interest cover of 6.2 times (2015: 5.4 times) based on cash generated from operations against interest paid.
Our financing policy is to fund our current needs through a mix of debt, equity and cash flowto allowus to selectively build out our development pipeline and achieve our strategic growth objectives,whichwe believe improve returns for shareholders.We aimto ensure thatthere are sufficient medium-term facilities in place to finance our committed development programme, secured against the freehold portfolio, with debt serviced by our strong operational cash flows.
The table below summarises the Group's debt facilities:
| Debt | Expiry | Facility | Drawn at 31 March 2016 |
Average cost |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aviva Loan | April 2027 | £92.2 million | £92.2 million | 4.9% |
| M&G loan | June 2022 | £70 million | £70 million | 3.8% |
| Bank loan (Lloyds & HSBC) | October 2020, with option for an additional year | £170 million | £150 million | 2.4% |
| Total | Average term 6.3 years | £332.2 million £312.2 million | 3.5% |
The Group's loan with Aviva is at a fixed rate and amortises to £60 million over the course of its 15 year term.
During the year,the Group drewdown the seven year £70 millionM&G loan, repaying simultaneously a £70 million bridging loan that had been provided by Lloyds.The M&G loan is 50% fixed and 50% floating.
In October 2015, the Group extended the term of its bank loan from August 2019 to October 2020, with an option to extend for a further yearto October 2021.The margin payable on the interest coverratchet was also reduced by 25 bps on both the term and the revolving debt. The revolving debt now pays a margin of 125 bps and the term debt 150 bps.Were the termand the revolverto be fully drawn,theweighted averagemarginwould be 137.5 bps.The Group has an option to increase the amount ofthe revolving loan facility by a further £80million during the course of the loan's term. £20 million of this option was taken up subsequent to the year end, and hence at the date of signing the Group's bank loan facility was £190 million, and total facilities were £352 million.
The Group has an interest rate derivative of £30 million expiring in September 2016 at a pre-margin cost of 2.8%.The bank loan currently requires 45% of all drawn debt to be hedged or fixed.
The Group was in compliance with its banking covenants at 31 March 2016.The Group currently has a net debtto gross property assets ratio of 26%, and a net debt to adjusted net assets ratio of 33%.
At 31March 2016,the fair value on the Group's interestrate derivatives was a liability of £3.7 million. The Group does not hedge account its interest rate derivatives. As recommended by EPRA (European Public Real Estate Association),the fair valuemovements are eliminated from adjusted profit before tax, diluted EPRA earnings per share, and adjusted net assets per share.
Treasury continues to be closely monitored and its policy approved by the Board. We maintain a keen watch on medium and long-term rates and the Group's policy in respect of interest rates is to maintain a balance between flexibility and hedging of interest rate risk.
Cash deposits are only placed with approved financial institutions in accordance with the Group's Treasury policy.
Share capital
The share capital ofthe Company totalled£15.7million at31March2016 (2015: £15.8 million), consisting of 157,369,287 ordinary shares of 10p each (2015: 158,055,735 shares). During the period, the Group cancelled the 1.4 million treasury shares in issue.
Shares issued for the exercise of options during the year amounted to 0.7 million at an average exercise price of 704p (2015: 0.6 million shares at an average price of 540p).
The Group holds 1.1 million shares within an Employee Benefit Trust ("EBT"). These shares are shown as a debit in reserves and are not included in calculating net asset value per share.
| 2016 No. |
2015 No. |
|
|---|---|---|
| Opening shares | 158,055,735 143,061,147 | |
| Cancellation of treasury shares | (1,418,750) | – |
| Shares issued for the placing | – | 14,352,711 |
| Shares issued for the exercise | ||
| of options | 732,302 | 641,877 |
| Closing shares in issue | 157,369,287 158,055,735 | |
| Shares held in EBT | (1,122,907) | (1,500,000) |
| Shares held in treasury | – | (1,418,750) |
| Closing shares for NAV purposes | 156,246,380 155,136,985 |
56.9 million shares were traded in the market during the year ended 31 March 2016 (2015: 73.1 million).The average mid-market price of shares traded during the year was 716.3p with a high of 847.0p and a low of 618.5p.
Financial Review (continued)
Armadillo Self Storage
The Group has a 20% investmentin Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited and a 20% investment in Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited. In the consolidated accounts of Big Yellow Group PLC, our investments in the vehicles are treated as associates using the equity accounting method.
The combinedoccupancyoftheportfolios is477,000sqft, against a total capacity of 673,000 sq ft, with growth of 14,000 sq ft over the year. The stores' occupancy at 31 March 2016 was 70.9% (31 March 2015: 68.8%).The netrent achieved at 31March 2016 by the Armadillo stores is £15.59 per sq ft, an increase of 3% from the same time last year. Revenue increased by 5% to £9.0 million forthe yearto 31March 2016 (2015: £8.6 million).
The Armadillo Partnerships made a combined operating profit of £4.3 million in the year, of which Big Yellow's share is £0.9 million. After net interest costs, the revaluation of investment properties (valued by Jones Lang Lasalle), deferred tax on the revaluation surplus and interest rate derivatives, the profit for the year was £5.6 million, of which the Group's share was £1.1 million.
Big Yellow has a five year management contract in place in each Partnership. For the year to 31 March 2016, the Group earned management fees of £0.7 million. The Group's share of the declared dividend for the year is £0.4 million, representing a 10% yield on our investment for the year.
Principal risks and uncertainties
The Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.
The section below details the principal risks and uncertainties that are considered to have the most material impact on the Group's strategy and objectives.These key risks aremonitored on an ongoing basis by the Executive Directors, and considered fully by the Board in its annualrisk review.
Risk and impact
Self storage market risk
There is a risk to the business that the self storage market does not grow in line with our projections, and that economic growth in the UK is below expectations, which could result in falling demand and a loss of income.
Mitigation
The UK economy is projected to grow at approximately 2% in 2016, and is now ahead of the level of output last achieved in 2007 before the global financial crisis. Self storage has proved relatively resilient through the crisis, with our revenue and earnings increasing over the last six years. As the economy has recovered in the past few years, the market risk has fallen in line with increasing occupancy.
Self storage is a relatively immature market in the UK compared to other self storage markets such as the United States and Australia, and we believe has further opportunity for growth. Awareness of self storage and how it can be used by domestic and business customers is relatively low throughout the UK, although higher in London.The rate of growth of branded self storage on main roads in good locations has historically been limited by the difficulty of acquiring sites at affordable prices and obtaining planning consent.The lack of availability of credit within the economy has further reduced this rate of growth since the start of the downturn, and new store openings within the sector have slowed to an average of 11 stores per year over the past six years, down from a peak of 34 per year in 2005-2009.
Our performance during the downturn was relatively resilient, although not immune. We believe that the resilience of our performance is due to a combination of factors including:
- > a prime portfolio of freehold self storage properties;
- > a focus on London and the South East and other large metropolitan cities, which have proved more resilient during the downturn and where the drivers in the self storage market are at their strongest and the barriers to competition are at their highest;
- > the strength of operational and sales management;
- > continuing innovation to deliver the highest levels of customer service;
- > the UK's leading self storage brand, with high public awareness and online strength; and
- > strong cash flow generation and high operating margins, from a secure capital structure.
We have a large current storage customer base of approximately 50,000 spread across the portfolio of stores and many thousands more who have used Big Yellow over the years. In any month, customers move in and out at the margin resulting in changes in occupancy.This is a seasonal business and typically we see growth over the spring and the summer months, with the seasonally weaker periods being the winter months.
The Group's like-for-like occupancy has increased by 3.5 percentage points in the year from 73.2% to 76.7%.
| Property risk There is a risk that we will be unable to acquire new development sites which meet management's criteria.This would impact on our ability to grow the overall store platform. |
Our management has significant experience in the property industry generated over many years and in particular in acquiring property on main roads in high profile locations and obtaining planning consents. We do take planning risk where necessary, that said, the availability of land, and competition for it makes acquiring new sites challenging. The planning process remains difficult with some planning consents taking in excess of twelve months to achieve. Our in-house development team and our professional advisers have |
||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Given the recent acquisitions of sites in London, the risk to the Group from failure to obtain planning has increased from the prior year. |
significant experience in obtaining planning consents for self storage centres. We manage the construction of our properties very tightly.The building of each site is handled through a design and build contract, with the fit out project managed in-house using an established professional team of external advisers and sub-contractors who have worked with us for many years to our Big Yellow specification. We carried out an external benchmarking of our construction costs and tendering programme in the year, which had satisfactory results. |
||||
| Valuation risk The valuations of the Group's investment properties may fall due to external pressures or the impact of performance. |
The valuations are carried out by independent, qualified external valuers who value a significant proportion of the UK self storage industry. The portfolio is diverse with approximately 50,000 customers currently using our stores for a wide variety of reasons. |
||||
| Lack of transactional evidence in the self storage sector leads to more subjective valuations. |
There is significant headroom on our loan to value banking covenants. | ||||
| Treasury risk The Group may face increased costs from adverse interest rate movements. |
Our financing policy is to fund our current needs through a mix of debt, equity and cash flow to allow us to selectively build out the remaining development pipeline and achieve our strategic growth objectives, which we believe improve returns for shareholders. We have made it clear that we believe optimal leverage for a business such as ours should be LTV in the range 20% to 30% and this informs our management of treasury risk. |
||||
| We aim to ensure that there are sufficient medium-term facilities in place to finance our committed development programme, secured against the freehold portfolio, with debt serviced by our strong operational cash flows. |
|||||
| We have a fixed rate loan in place from Aviva Commercial Finance Limited, with 11 years remaining. In the year, the Group drew down on a seven year £70 million loan from M&G Investments, which is 50% fixed and 50% floating. For our bank debt, we borrow at floating rates of interest and use swaps to hedge our interest rate exposure. Our policy is to have at least 45% of our total borrowings fixed, with the balance floating paying margin over LIBOR. At 31 March 2016 50% of the Group's total borrowings were fixed or subject to interest rate derivatives.The Group's interest cover ratio for the year to 31 March 2016 was 6.2 times, which has increased from 5.4 times in the prior year. |
|||||
| The Group reviews its current and forecast projections of cash flow, borrowing and interest cover as part of its monthly management accounts. In addition, an analysis of the impact of significant transactions is carried out regularly, as well as a sensitivity analysis assuming movements in interest rates and occupancy in the stores on gearing and interest cover.This sensitivity testing underpins the viability statement below. |
|||||
| The Group regularly monitors its counterparty risk.The Group monitors compliance with its banking covenants closely. During the year it complied with all its covenants, and is forecast to |
do so for the foreseeable future.
Credit risk
The Group is exposed to a credit risk from its customers.
Our customers are required to pay a deposit when they start to rent a self storage room and are also required to pay in advance for their four-weekly storage charges.The Group is therefore not exposed to a significant credit risk. 81% of our current customers pay by direct debit; however of new customers moving into the business in the last year 83% have paid by direct debit. Businesses often prefer to pay by cheque or BACS. Since 2007 we have not seen an increase in the levels of bad debts and arrears. In the year to 31 March 2016 our bad debt expense represented 0.08% of revenue in the year, a reduction from 0.15% in the prior year.
Financial Review (continued)
| Taxation risk The Group is exposed to changes in the tax regime affecting the cost of corporation tax, VAT and Stamp Duty Land Tax ("SDLT"), for example the imposition of VAT on self storage from 1 October 2012. |
We regularly monitor proposed and actual changes in legislation with the help of our professional advisers, through direct liaison with HMRC, and through trade bodies to understand and, if possible, mitigate or benefit from their impact. The Government announced a review of property rates last year.This is a significant cost to the business, and we are monitoring any potential impact from a revision in the basis of assessment or taxation. |
|---|---|
| Real Estate Investment Trust ("REIT") risk The Group is exposed to potential tax penalties or loss of its REIT status by failing to comply with the REITlegislation. |
The Group has internal monitoring procedures in place to ensure that the appropriate rules and legislation are complied with.To date all REITregulations have been complied with, including projected tests. |
| Human resources risk Our people are key to our success and as such we are exposed to a risk of high staff turnover, and a risk of the loss of key personnel. |
We have developed a professional, lively and enjoyable working environment and believe our success stems from attracting and retaining the right people. We encourage all our staff to build on their skills through appropriate training and regular performance reviews. We believe in an accessible and open culture and everyone at all levels is encouraged to review and challenge accepted norms, so as to contribute to the performance of the Group. |
| With the economy improving and unemployment falling, the risk of higher staff turnover and difficulty in finding the right employees increases. |
We were pleased to be ranked 80th in the Sunday Times Best 100 Companies to Work For survey in 2016. |
| Security risk The Group is exposed to the risk of the damage or loss of store due to vandalism, fire, or natural incidents such as flooding. Thismay also cause reputational damage. |
The safety and security of our customers, their belongings, and stores remains a key priority. To achieve this we invest in state of the art access control systems, individual room alarms, digital CCTV systems, intruder and fire alarm systems and the remote monitoring of all our stores outside of our trading hours. We are the only major operator in the UK self storage industry that has every room in every store individually alarmed. |
| We have implemented customer security procedures in line with advice from the Police and continue to work with the regulatory authorities on issues of security, reviewing our operational procedures regularly.The importance of security and the need for vigilance is communicated to all store staff and reinforced through training and routine operational procedures. We have continued to run courses for all our staff to enhance the awareness and effectiveness of our procedures in relation to security. |
|
| Cyber risk There have been a number of high profile cyber-attacks / data security breaches over the last 12 months and the Group considers the risks to the website and internal systems to have increased over the year. |
The Group receives specialist advice and consultancy in respect of cyber security and we have dedicated in-house monitoring and regular reviews of our security systems. We also limit the retention of customer data to the minimum requirement. During the year we have continued to invest in digital security, implementing new intrusion detection systems as well as the replacement of existing systems such as firewalls. Policies and procedures are under regular review and benchmarked against industry best practice by our |
| This risk hasn't increased any faster for the Group than anyone else; we consider that the threats in the entire digital landscape continue to increase.The results of any breach may result in reputational damage, or customer compensation, causing a loss of market share and income. |
consultants.These policies also include defend, detect and response policies. |
Internal audit
The Group does not have a formal internal audit function because the Board has concluded that the internal controls systems are sufficient for the Group at this time. However, the Group employs a Store Compliance Manager responsible for reviewing store operational and financial controls. He reports to the Chief Financial Officer, and also meets with the Audit Committee at least once a year. This role is supported by an Assistant Store Compliance Manager, enabling additional work and support to be carried out across the Group's store portfolio.The Store Compliance team visit each operational store twice a year to carry out a detailed store audit. These audits are unannounced and the Store Compliance team carry out detailed tests on financial managementwithin the stores, administrative standards, and operational standards. Part of the store staff's bonus is based on the scores they achieve in these audits.The results of each audit are reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer,the Financial Controller and the Head of Store Operations.
GOING CONCERN
A review of the Group's business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are shown in the balance sheet, cash flow statement and accompanying notes in the financial statements. Further information concerning the Group's objectives, policies and processes formanaging its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk can be found in this Report and in the notes to the financial statements.
Afterreviewing Group and Company cash balances, borrowing facilities, forecast valuation movements and projected cash flows,the Directors believe that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue operations for the foreseeable future. In reaching this conclusion the Directors have had regard to the Group's operating plan and budget for the year ending 31 March 2017 and projections contained in the longer-term business plan which covers the period to March 2020. The Directors have considered carefully the Group's trading performance and cash flows as a result ofthe uncertain global economic environment and the other principal risks to the Group's performance and are satisfied with the Group's positioning. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
VIABILITY STATEMENT
The Directors have assessed the Group's viability over a four year period to March 2020.This is based on the Group's long term strategic plan with the period selected to give greater certainty over the forecasting assumptions used.
In making their assessment,the Directors took account ofthe Group's currentfinancial position, including committed capital expenditure.The Directors also assessed the potential financial impact of the various risks and uncertainties set outin the report above on the Group's cash flows, REIT compliance and financial covenants and the likely effectiveness of the mitigating options detailed. The Directors have assumed that funding for the business in the form of equity and bank and insurance debtwill be available in all plausible market conditions.
Based on this assessmentthe Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group will be able to continue in operating and meet all their liabilities as they fall due to March 2020.
Corporate Social Responsibility Report
Big Yellow recognises that a high level of Corporate Social Responsibility ("CSR"), linked to clear commercial objectives, will create a more sustainable business and increase shareholder and customer value.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Big Yellow recognises that a high level of Corporate Social Responsibility ("CSR"), linked to clear commercial objectives, will create a more sustainable business and increase shareholder and customer value. Our CSR policy covers all of our operations, as a self storage provider, a real estate developer, an employer and a participant in our local communities.
Big Yellowseeks tomeetthe demand for self storage frombusinesses and private individuals providing the storage space fortheir commercial and/or domestic needs, whilst aiding local employment creation and contributing to local community regeneration.
2.0 CSR EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Big Yellow is pleased to deliver another year of steady CSR progress across the Group. Our focus over the last 12 months has delivered the following benefits:
- Our successful entry into the Sunday Times 100 Best Companies to Work For, after a survey response rate of 81% from our team compared to an average of 63% from other companies. We achieved a Two Star Status in the Best Companies Accreditation, with only 21% of the entrants bettering our status.
- Supporting 14 different local charities elected by our stores and by our head office teams; our people undertook a variety of activities for these (and a few other) charities and raised over £45,000 of funds during the year. At the same time Big Yellow and Armadillo Self Storage donated the equivalent of over £753,000 of free storage in the same period.
- Big Yellow's Health & Safety record on our construction sites and at our stores maintained its exemplary high standards. Measured by both the number of recorded Minor Injuries – and by RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulation) – our high standards of health and safety have continued to be delivered to our customers, staff, contractors and other visitors. Furthermore, we have continued to manage our construction sites under the controlling factors of the CCS (Considerate Constructors Scheme).
- Our continued investmentin LED lighting and in fuel efficient gas heating systems at our flexi-offices has delivered reduced carbon emissions in both absolute and like-for-like measures. Our total annual Carbon emissions are now 35.2% lower than our peak year of 2011. Furthermore – if we look at these emissions in relation to our occupancy – our carbon per square metre occupied is down 58.0% from our 2011 peak.
- We have continued to open newstoreswith sustainable energy generation investments. In the last 12months our newsolarinvestment at Enfield (a new store) has added to our supply chain, which has now grown by 335% since 2011. Our 17 stores with solar energy systems now generate 15.4% of the total electricity they need from sustainable sources.
- We continue to benchmark our CSR performance against credible certifications where we consider them to be relevant. 42% of our stores hold EPC's (Energy Performance Certificates), the majority of which are rated A or B. We have assessed a selection of stores to complywith the UK Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme (ESOS) and are considering the outcome ofthese surveys forfuture sustainable initiatives.We continue to participate in sustainable benchmarking initiatives such as the FTSE4Good, EPRA, Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) and the Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB).
Finally, we continue to plan for the future and to continue to deliver sustainable benefits to the Group. We aim to reduce our Greenhouse Gas Emissions (GHG) from the 2008 peak by 40.4% by 2020. We will achieve this by continuing our investment in LED lighting, solar PV systems on our store roofs and other sustainable initiatives identified from our ESOS surveys.
We recognise the importance of supporting local community projects and charities through fundraising and donating free storage space.
During the year we donated space in our stores worth approximately £753,000 to charities.
2.1 OUR PEOPLE
Our people are atthe heart of Big Yellow's business, bringing our values to life through the service thatthey provide, and bringing the energy and passion that drives us to become an ever more responsible and sustainable business.
We recognise that recruiting, retaining and motivating individuals with talent and integrity – and ensuring that we listen to our people and maximise their skills and performance - is key to the continued success of our Company.
We encourage a culture of partnership within the business and believe in staff participating in corporate performance through benefits, such as bonus schemes and share incentives.We recognise and reward the exceptional performance, achievements and ideas of our people through a Points Recognition Scheme, and awarded £55,000 of points to our staff for the year ended 31 March 2016.
Wellbeing and Support
We aim to promote employee wellbeing through a range of flexible working options which include flexitime, staggered hours, home working and sabbaticals. We provide Childcare Vouchers along with a comprehensive range of medical support and advice through our private healthcare scheme and occupational health providers.We have arranged corporate gym membership on a national basis, aswell as a "Cycle to Work" scheme and Employee Assistance Programmes.
Communication and Engagement
We continue to recognise the importance of communication and consultation with our people and provide an annual spring conference, regular formal and informal meetings, quarterly newsletters and weekly operational updates. In addition, the Directors and senior management spend a significant amount of time in the stores and are accessible to employees at all levels.
In February 2016,wewere named as one ofthe Sunday Times 100 Best Companies toWork For.We are particularly proud ofthis achievement given a total of 1,336 companies initially applied to participate in this process and we achieved a survey response rate of 81%, compared to an average of 62.6%.
In addition, we also achieved Two Star Status in the Best Companies Accreditation. In total, 768 companies gained accreditation, with only 21% having bettered us in achieving three stars. OurTwo Star Status demonstrates that we have achieved outstanding levels of employee engagement within the Company.
Training and Development
We continue to promote the development of staffthrough ongoing training and regular performance appraisals. Forthe year ended 31March 2016 a total of 960 days training was provided across the Company, comprising of both sales and operational training and personal and management development.
Our"Big Impressions" customer experience programme continued throughoutthe year,with one element ofthe programme being re-designed to further support our teams in completely understanding and fulfilling the needs of our customers.
During the last year, ten staff have completed our personal development programme designed specifically for Assistant Store Managers, with four ofthose people having subsequently been promoted to the position of StoreManager. Eight Assistant StoreManagers are currently participating in the programme, to prepare them for their future progression within the Company.
As a result ofthis programme and our otherinternaltraining and development programmes, 55% of our store based staff have been promoted from within the business to their existing position.
Strategic Report (continued)
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
2.0 CSR EXECUTIVE SUMMARY (continued)
Community
We recognise the importance of contributingwithin the local community andwe encourage our people to develop close linkswith charities, schools and other institutions, both locally and nationally, to help to build more economically sustainable environments.
For the year ended 31March 2016, we recognised and supported 14 different Company charities which were elected by our store and head office teams. Our people undertook a variety of activities for both these and other charities,with donations also beingmade by the Company.
Throughout the year a total of £29,000 was raised for our Company charities and £16,000 was raised for other charities.
Examples of our fundraising activities have included:
The Anne Rowling Clinic
One of our team members ran the Edinburgh Half Marathon, Great North Run and Great Birmingham Run and raised nearly £1,600 for the Anne Rowling Clinic, which is a charitable University of Edinburgh research facility focusing on a wide range of neurological conditions, especially neurodegenerative diseases.
"Donations from the dedicated fundraising efforts of John Laffey, from Big Yellow Self Storage are already making an impact on the lives of patients withMS and other neurodegenerative diseases.The research work at the Anne Rowling Regenerative Neurology Clinic will help us to apply the latest discoveries in regenerativemedicine to neurodegenerative diseases andwe are committed to discovering therapies thatwill slow, stop or even reverse the damage thatthese diseases cause. Our patients are grateful forthe generous donations and have asked us to pass on theirthanks to both John and Big Yellow.Wewould like to thank John for running so hard and farto raise awareness and funds for the Anne Rowling Clinic".
Kerry Mackay, Individual Giving Officer,The Anne Rowling Clinic
British Heart Foundation
Nine of our stores have acted as "Donation Stations" for the British Heart Foundation, raising a total of just under £23,000 for the year from bags of unwanted clothes and household goods, which will support the charity's pioneering heart research, as well as the care of people living with heart disease.
In addition a further £3,200 has been raised across the year by variousmembers of staff completing sponsored swims,runs and cycle rides.
"We are delighted with the continued support we have received from Big Yellow staff and customers over the last few years.We're very grateful forthe unwanted items that have been donated. By selling these in British Heart Foundation shops and stores, and fundraising activities that have taken place, over £45,000 has been raised to date which will help fund our life saving research. It's wonderful to have the support of Big Yellow and we are looking forward to another successful year of our partnership"
Clare Appleby, Corporate Partnerships Account Manager, British Heart Foundation
Go Dad Run
Big Yellow provided sponsorship of £20,000 for the Go Dad Run in June 2015, the aim of which is to raise awareness of, and funds for, Prostate Cancer UK through a series of 5k and 10k runs.
House of St Barnabus
A total of £3,500 was raised at a Big Yellow hosted lunch for our construction suppliers to support this London based charity, whose aim is to make lasting employment a reality for those affected by homelessness and social exclusion.
Southwark Tigers Rugby Club
During the last year, Big Yellowhas provided sponsorship of £2,500 to this inner city juniorrugby clubwhose aim is to benefit young people through the skills learnt in the game of rugby and make it affordable and attractive to all.
"Big Yellow Storage have always been a keen supporter of Southwark Tigers Rugby Club, the first inner city rugby club in Britain. Whenever the club needs a boost, when the kit starts to look tatty, or new balls are required, the Company steps up immediately to help.The support of Big Yellow has helped us immensely. We are now encouraging Southwark council to build an artificial rugby pitch that will allow us to really develop rugby in the area".
Vernon Neve-Dunn, Chairman, Southwark Tigers Rugby Club
Caius House
Caius House is a charity and youth club in Battersea, London, which aims to provide young people within the local community with a safe place to go to where their skills and talents can be progressed to fulfil their potential. During the last year, Big Yellow has provided the Caius House football team with sponsorship of £10,000.
"Caius House is delighted to have the support of Big Yellow Self Storage for our football teams.The young people have really enjoyed participating in a high quality club which is free of charge and have done well in the leagues this season. We hope for even greater success in the upcoming season andwewould like to take this opportunity to thank allthe staff and Directors at Big YellowSelf Storage for making this possible".
Tameeka Smith, Director, Caius House
Free Storage
In addition to our fundraising activities, we have also provided charities with free storage. For the year ended 31 March 2016, the space occupied by charities in Big Yellowand Armadillo stores on this basiswas 46,000 sq ft,worth approximately £753,000 per annumat standard rents. Some of the many charities that have benefited from this storage include Cancer Research, Macmillan, the National Childbirth Trust, the British Heart Foundation and a number of food bank and children's charities.
Young Enterprise
A number of team members within our head office and stores have continued to support students in schools or colleges within their local communities in conjunction with Young Enterprise, a charitable organisation that creates and develops programmes that complement the school experience with business skills and encourages young people to realise the extent of their own talents. Our volunteering has taken the form of providing classroom support, mentoring students to create their own businesses and participating in Young Enterprise regional board meetings.
2.2 OUR HEALTH & SAFETY
Big Yellowrecognises the importance ofmaintaining high standards of Health and Safety for everyonewhomay be affected by our business, such as our customers, staff, contractors and other visitors to our stores.The Group's Health and Safety Committee reviews its Policy, risk assessments, performance and records on a quarterly basis. The Policy is applied in two distinct areas – our construction activities and our routine store operations. The Committee meet to discuss any issues that have been reported from meetings held at our head office, Maidenhead (our distribution warehouse), the stores and any construction sites.The Policy states that all employees have a responsibility for health and safety, but that managers have special responsibilities. Additional duties are placed on Adrian Lee, Operations Director, to keep the Board advised on health and safety issues and ensure compliance with the Policy in respect of Construction via the Construction Director and store operations, via the Facilities Manager. Externally, other interested stakeholders include the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and Local Government.
The Health and Safety Committee minutes are distributed to the CEO, CSRManager, Human ResourcesManager, FacilitiesManagement and our external health and safety consultant. The external consultant reviews our Policy and performs audits of our stores on a rolling programme, to ensure the implementation of the Group's Health and Safety policies. Any actions recommended by our consultant are considered by the Committee and, if required, then implemented into the operations or construction systems. Health and Safety Audits are also carried out by external consultants on each construction site prior to the opening of a store.
Our Health and Safety reporting covers all of our stores, our head office, Maidenhead and our 'Fit-out' construction sites. Incidents are recorded for staff, customers, contractors and visitors.The Board receives reportswhichmonitor Health and Safety performance in allthese areas. Annual Store Health and Safety Meetings take place for all stores and Maidenhead. Agendas are provided for these meetings by the Facilities team and the minutes are reviewed by Area Managers to raise any issues with Facilities or Human Resources, where necessary.
Health and Safety performance and incidents are reported in the tables below:
2.2.1 Big Yellow Store Customer, Contractor and Visitor Health and Safety
Store customer, contractor and visitor Health & Safety
| Year | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Number of customer move-ins during the year | 57,604 | 65,807 | 72,772 | 75,097 | 75,438 |
| Number of minor injuries | 43 | 34 | 31 | 50 | 58+ |
| Number of reportable injuries (RIDDOR) | – | 3 | 3 | 4 | 4+ |
| RIDDOR* per 100,000 | – | 4.6 | 4.1 | 5.3 | 5.3 |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP as part of their assurance work. See page 54 for the independent assurance.
* RIDDOR – Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulation 1995.
Strategic Report (continued)
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
2.2.1 Big Yellow Store Customer, Contractor and Visitor Health and Safety (continued)
The number of customermove-ins increased this year by 0.5%.Therewere a total of 62 incidents, four ofwhichwere sustained by customers and were reportable. One reportable incident (by a contractor) was reported by the contractor directly to the HSE. Minor injuries included breaks, cuts and bruises from the handling of customer possessions, equipment and vehicles. The 58 minor injuries occurred while customers (on thewhole) handled possessions, bins and pallets.This year our stafftraining schedules provided customerswith fire, health and safety risk assessments, which raised awareness of the potential for personal injuries. 12 minor injuries were due to visitor deliveries, involving minor cuts and bruises from doors and pallet handling. There were no Fatal Injuries, Notices+ or Prosecutions during the year ended 31 March 2016.
2.2.2 Big Yellow Staff
| Store and head office staff health and safety | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015** | 2016 |
| Average number of staff | 279 | 286 | 289 | 300 | 318+ |
| Number of Minor Injuries | 11 | 15 | 13 | 15 | 10+ |
| Number of Reportable Injuries ("RIDDOR")* | – | 3 | 1 | 1 | 1+ |
| Annual Injury Incidence Rate ("AIIR") /100,000 staff | – | 1,049 | 346 | 333 | 314+ |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
* AIIR = (Number of staff reportable injuries / Average number of staff (x 100,000).
** The Armadillo stores are not included in the scope of Health and Safety Data for 2016. All historic data has been restated to reflect this.
Big Yellowstaff numbers increased by 6% and therewas a reduction inMinorInjuries from 15 to 10.TheMinorInjurieswere cuts and bruises relating to waste disposal, and the handling of boxes and pallets. There was one Reportable Injury involving a work related fork lift truck incident. Overall,the Annual Injury Incidence Rate decreased by 5.7%, against a store staff increase. Store staffwere also involved in assisting customers in completing fire, health and safety training risk assessment questionnaires. There were no Fatal Injuries, Notices+ or Prosecutions during the year ended 31 March 2016.
2.2.3 Big Yellow Construction
Big Yellow's new store at Enfield was opened at the start of the year and during the year our Cambridge store was fitted out for self storage. 14 existing stores also had internal storage partition extension works carried out.
| Construction fit-out contractors and visitor health and safety | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
| Number of total Man Days | 6,511 | 610 | 3,315 | 3,005 | 6,560 |
| Number of Minor Injuries | 1 | – | 2 | 1 | 3 |
| Number of Reportable Injuries (RIDDOR) | – | – | – | – | – |
The number ofMan Daysworkedwasmore than double the previous year,mainly due to the Fit Out of our newly acquired Cambridge building. Three minor injuries and eight near misses were recorded, with high safety standards being maintained. The Cambridge site was also managed under the Considerate Constructors Scheme (CCS) which promotes high standards of health and safety management. No Fatal Injuries, Notices, Reportable Injuries or Prosecutions occurred, indicating a well-controlled environment for staff, contractors and visitors. Health and Safety performance continues to be reviewed in preparation for our next new store development at Guildford in 2016.
At Cambridge a new storage facility was provided after the extensive refurbishment of a former warehouse, located adjacent to a well-established retail park close to the city centre. Under the CCS Big Yellow Construction was rated 'Excellent' for 'Securing Everyone's Safety' and scored 'Very Good' ratings in: 'Valuing the Workforce', 'Respect for the Community', 'Protecting the Environment' and 'Caring about site Appearance'.
A limited level of assurance is provided for select Health and Safety performance data. This assurance was undertaken by Deloitte LLP in accordance with the International Standards on Assurance Engagements 3000 Revised (ISAE 3000).
3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY
Our CSR Policy sets out how we manage the impact of our business on society and the local environment, to control our risks and manage our opportunities in a sustainable manner.
Big Yellow has been classified as having a "low environmental impact" by the Ethical Investment Research Index Series ("EIRIS") because it is involved in 'Support Services'. Notwithstanding this, and in order to maintain an efficient and sustainable business for its stakeholders, Big Yellow has continued to commit significant resources to the environmental and social aspects of its storage operations, real estate portfolio, new store developments and site acquisitions.
We report energy use carbon emissions in compliance with the Companies Act and Climate Change Regulation on Reporting Greenhouse Gas ("GHG") Emissions for listed companies. For the detailed application of our report see our 'Basis of Reporting' at: http://corporate.bigyellow.co.uk/csr.
We therefore provide a summary in the Directors' Report of Scope 1 (onsite gas, solar electricity generation and refrigerant use) and Scope 2 (off site power station grid supplied electricity) for carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) emissions. We have used the DEFRA DECC Version 2.1 (2015, Expiry 31 May 2016) conversion factors, for annual GHG emission calculations.
3.1 Energy Use, Efficiency and Reductions from 2011 (Peak Energy Benchmark)
This year we are reporting our key performance indicators and identifying them using the codes from the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA), at the request of some of our stakeholders. A comparable annual 'same store' portfolio electricity use and carbon emission KPI will also be used. Our materiality threshold for energy use is 5% and for carbon emissions is > 1%. A limited level of assurance is provided for our Scope 1 and 2 energy use and GHG emissions. This assurance was undertaken by Deloitte LLP in accordance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (ISAE 3000 Revised).
GRI Absolute Electricity Use & Reductions from
| Peak Energy (Elec-Abs/G4-ENS3) | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
| Electricity use (kWh) | 13,588,703 | 13,153,960 | 11,688,629 | 9,643,341 | 9,376,085+ |
| Electric Reductions (%) | (2.4%) | (5.5%) | (16.1%) | (30.7%) | (32.7%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2011 was our peak electricity use benchmark (13,925,217 kWh).
This year continuing electricity efficiency programmes have provided an absolute reduction of 32.7% from our peak use in 2011. Re-lamping with LED, has contributed an extra 2.8% to the annual reduction in 2016.
GRI Absolute Gas Use & Reductions ('Fuels-Abs' F4-EN3)
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Gas use (kWh) | 742,086 | 716,508 | 652,181 | 602,563 | 592,257 |
| Gas Reductions (%) | – | (3.4%) | (12.1%) | (18.8%) | (20.2%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2012 was peak gas use benchmark.
Gas use for the heating of our eight flexi offices reached a peak in December 2012, due to the coldest winter month since records began. The annual reductions in gas use to 2016 have been mainly due to milder but wetter winters. Flexi-office occupancy variations also reduce heating demand occasionally, but occupancy has been relatively constant, ranging from 82.5% to 87.9%. This year, gas use reduced by 20.2% from the peak use in 2012.
Strategic Report (continued)
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
3.1 Energy Use, Efficiency and Reductions from 2011 (Peak Energy Benchmark)(continued)
| Total Energy (Electricity and Gas) kWh Use Reductions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
| Total Energy Use (kWh) | 14,330,789 | 13,870,468 | 12,340,810 | 10,245,904 | 9,968,342 |
| Total Reductions (%) | (1.7%) | (4.9%) | (15.4%) | (29.7%) | (31.6%) |
| *Gas Materiality % | 5.2% | 5.2% | 5.3% | 5.8% | 5.9%* |
* Gas use materiality in 2016 is 0.9% above the 5% threshold and is just significant for reporting purposes, as a percentage of total gas and electricity kWh use.
Note: 2011 was the year of peak energy use (14,581,234 kWh).
Our combined energy use has reduced by 31.6% our from peak energy use in 2011, mainly due to our investment in motion sensor lighting, energy efficient LED re-lamping and 17 roof top solar electricity installations. Over the last year combined gas and electricity use reduced by 2.7%. Our gas use 'materiality' is 5.9% of total gas and electricity use and remains just above the materiality level (>5%). This is partly due to significant long term annual reductions in electricity use, compared to reductions achieved in gas use.
Energy kWh (Electricity and Gas) Intensity
| Energy (Electricity and Gas) Intensity / Occupied Space (m2) (Energy-INT/CRE1) |
% change | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Energy (kWh) | 14,330,789 | 13,870,468 | 12,340,810 | 10,245,904 | 9,968,342 | (31.6%) |
| Occupancy (m2) | 228,356 | 244,521 | 263,101 | 283,732 | 304,964 | 54.1% |
| kWh / Occupancy | 62.8 | 56.7 | 46.9 | 36.1 | 32.7 | (55.6%) |
| GIFA (m2) | 572,194 | 582,872 | 582,872 | 605,419 | 621,050 | 13.9% |
| kWh/GIFA (m2) | 25.0 | 23.8 | 21.2 | 16.9 | 16.1 | (39.7%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2011 was the Peak Energy Use year(14,581,234 kWh / 197,884 = 73.7 kWh/occupancy m2; GIFA 545,490 m2 and 26.7 kWh/GIFA).
As our annual energy use reduced, and customer occupancy increased, energy intensity per occupied space reduced by 55.6% from our peak energy benchmark in 2011. In the year ended 31March 2016, energy use per occupied space decreased by 9.4%. Energy use per gross internal floor area has also reduced by 39.7%, as the portfolio has grown and become more energy efficient.
| Energy (Electricity and Gas) Intensity / Revenue (Energy-INT/CRE1) |
% change | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Energy (kWh) | 14,330,789 | 13,870,468 | 12,340,810 | 10,245,904 | 9,968,342 | (31.6%) |
| Revenue (£000) | 65,663 | 69,671 | 72,196 | 84,276 | 382 | 63.8% |
| kWh / £ Revenue | 0.22 | 0.20 | 0.17 | 0.12 | 0.10 | (58.3%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2011 was the Peak Energy Use year(14,581,234 kWh / 61,885,000 = 0.24 kWh / £ Revenue).
Energy use intensity per annual revenue decreased by 58.3% from the peak energy benchmark in 2011 and reduced by 16.7% in the year ended 31 March 2016.
3.2 Mandatory Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions Statement – Summary
The ISAE 3000 Standard provides an evaluation of both quantitative and qualitative aspects of our carbon management. We report our absolute gross energy use for our wholly owned stores, our head office in Bagshot, and our packing materials warehouse in Maidenhead. Our environmental report does not include any of the 16 Armadillo stores, in which the Group has a 20% interest.
Our new store openings at Enfield and Cambridge were completed this year.
This year our key performance indicators are identified using GRI and EPRA codes, at the request of some of our stakeholders. The year ended 31 March 2011 is our peak energy use and carbon emission benchmark year, due to a previous period of increased energy use due to new store openings and increased occupancy.
Our combined energy use has reduced by 31.6% from our peak energy use in 2011, mainly due to our investment in motion sensor lighting, energy efficient LED re-lamping and 17 roof top solar electricity installations.
Scope 1 GHG emissions from our real estate portfolio
Scope 1 GHG emissions originate fromeight on site, natural gas heated flexi office unitswithin our stores. On site use ofrefrigerantreplacement, for air conditioners in all stores, is also included. Refrigerant use for cooling store reception areas is only topped upwhen required.
| Scope 1 Flexi Office Stores Gas Heating Emissions (GHG-Dir-Abs) |
% change | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Gas Use (kWh) | 742,086 | 716,508 | 652,181 | 602,563 | 592,257 | (20.2%) |
| Emission (tCO2e) | 137.8 | 133.0 | 120.0 | 111.5 | 109.2+ | (20.8%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2012 was our peak year for gas use and emissions.
Greenhouse gas emissions from gas heating systems have reduced by 20.8% since our peak emission in 2012, the coldest winter since records began (England and Wales). Since 2012 there has been a succession of milder winters and a reduction in gas use of 20.2%. Flexi Office customer occupancy has remained relatively constant over this time period.
| Scope 1 Refrigerant Replacement and Emissions Year ended 31 March |
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | % change from peak |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Refrigerant Use (Kg) | 2.8 | 66.5 | 112.4 | 11.92 | 7.3 | (93.5%) |
| Emissions (tCO2e) | 4.3 | 286.3 | 354.8 | 20.6 | 13.5+ | (96.2%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2014 was the peak year for refrigerant replacement and carbon emissions.
Refrigeration systems are used in air conditioning units for cooling store reception areas and some offices. Cooling systems are monitored and 'replacement' or 'top up' refrigerant is ordered when required to maintain an efficient working environment. This year one store area and one office required 'top up', amounting to a total of 7.3 kg ofrefrigerant.Thiswas equivalentto 13.5 tCO2e GHG emissions and a significant reduction since our peak refrigerant use in 2014.
| Scope 1 Direct Gas and Refrigerant GHG Emissions |
% change | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Total Scope 1 (tCO2e) | 121.5 | 142.1 | 419.3 | 474.8 | 132.1 | 122.7+ | (74.2%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: 2014 was the peak year forTotal Scope 1 Emissions.
Strategic Report (continued)
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
Scope 1 GHG emissions from our real estate portfolio (continued)
Total Scope 1 gas and refrigerant greenhouse gas emissions in 2016 reduced to 122.7 tCO2e, similar to the low 2011 emission levels. This represents a 74.2% reduction from our peak use in 2014, due to less heating gas use and less refrigerant 'top up' required in air conditioning units, following significant replacements in 2013 and 2014.
Scope 1 Onsite Direct 'Self Supply' Solar: Grid Electricity Displaced, Export, Income and Savings
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Solar Generation (kWh) | 107,074 | 134,297 | 208,807 | 285,832 | 314,068 | 358,279+ |
| Total Grid Savings (£)* | 31,439 | 41,540 | 74,724 | 100,468 | 106,607 | 115,216 |
| Solar % of Grid (kWh) | 0.8% | 1.0% | 1.6% | 2.4% | 3.3% | 3.8% |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
* Total Grid Savings = Solar kWh payments from energy companies + Grid kWh displacement (rate of 9p per kWh).
Our 'onsite' roof mounted solar panel generation supplies low carbon electricity to 17 stores and provides an increasing source of energy forthe Group. Solar electricity generation this yearwas 358,279 kWh; an increase of 14.1% on last year's generation. Big Yellowhas generated a total of 1,408,357 kWhs of solar electricity since 2011. About 30-40% of the solar electricity generated is exported to the National Grid. Total 'Feed in Tariff' revenue from energy company payments and 'off grid' savings totalled £115,216 this year and has saved £469,994 since 2011. In 2016, solar electricity generation contributed 3.8 % of our total store electricity use.
Scope 2 Offsite 'Grid Supplied' Electricity Use, GHG Emissions and Tax Reductions
Our electricity supply from 'off site' power stations (Scope 2 Energy) provided around 95% of our total annual energy supplied, in the year ended 31 March 2016.
| Scope 2 Electricity, GHG Emissions and CCL Tax Reductions (GHG-Indir-Abs) |
% change | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year Ended 31 March | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Electricity (kWh) use | 13,588,703 13,153,960 11,688,629 | 9,643,341 | 9,376,085+ | (32.7%) | ||
| Emissions (tCO2e) | 6,143 | 6,051 | 5,207 | 4,776 | 4,333.5+ | (35.9%) |
| Electricity Cost (£)* | 1,345,276 | 1,456,266 | 1,236,905 | 1,131,048 | 1,072,896 | (27.3%) |
| CCL Tax (p/kWh) | 0.509 | 0.524 | 0.541 | 0.554 | 0.559 | 30% |
| CCL Tax (£) | 69,167 | 68,927 | 63,236 | 53,424 | 52,412 | (12.5%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
* Grid electricity cost excluding VAT and including CCL Tax 2011, was 0.430 p/kWh or £59,878).
Note: 2011 was the peak electricity use (13,925,217 kWh/6,758 tCO2e) and cost(£1,476,266) benchmark for future reductions.
Electricity use has reduced by 32.7% and Scope 2 GHG emissions have reduced by 35.9% since our peak electricity use in 2011. In the last year electricity use has reduced by 2.8% and GHG emissions have reduced by 9.3%.These reductions are partially due to decreases in the electricity emission factor since last year, our continued investments in energy efficient LED re-lamping and larger capacity roof top solar installations at our new stores.
Our annual average carbon emission reduction over the last five years has been 7.2% per year; double what the commercial property sector requires to meet the UK Government's GHG emissions reduction target of a 34% reduction by 2020 (or 3.5% per year to 2050). Our energy efficiency investment programmes have achieved an electricity cost reduction of 27.3% since 2011. Although the CCL Tax on electricity has increased from0.430p/kWh (2011)to 0.559p/kWh (2016), an increase of 30%,we havemanaged to reduce our CCL Tax by 12.5% since 2011.
Absolute and 'Like for Like' Electricity and tCO2e 'Like for Like' Reductions
| GRI and EPRA standards (G4-EN3 / Elec-LFL) | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2015 | 2016 | Reductions (%) |
|||
| 'Abs' Electric (kWh) | 9,643,341 | 9,376,085+ | (2.8%) | |||
| 'LFL' Electric (kWh)* | 9,504,542 | 8,821,059 | (7.2%) | |||
| tCO2e** | 4,698 | 4,077 | (13.2%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
* Not including: Head Office; Distribution Depot; new build stores (Enfield and Cambridge) & acquisition stores (Oxford 2 and Chester).
** kWh conversion factor 2015 = 0.49426; kWh conversion factor 2016 = 0.46219.
The 'Like for Like' store portfolio over the last two financial years, excluding non-store buildings (Head Office and Distribution Depot), new stores (Enfield and Cambridge) and store acquisitions (Oxford 2 and Chester), has been assessed.The data indicates that the 'same store' electricity use reduced by 7.2% (absolute reduction of 2.8%).
Climate Change Act 2008; 'Carbon Reduction Commitment' ("CRC") Annual Tax Reporting
The Department of Energy and Climate Change ("DECC") and the Environment Agency ("EA") are stakeholders in the policy for reducing energy demand from large private sector organisations.
| CRC Carbon & Tax Reductions | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year end 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 |
| Total tCO2* | 7,608 | 7,521 | 7,598 | 6,415 | 5,408 |
| Reduction in tCO2 (%) |
– | (1.1%) | (0.1%) | (15.7%) | (28.9%) |
| Tax Rates (£/tCO2) | 12.00 | 12.00 | 12.00 | 12.00 | 16.40 |
| Tax Payments (£) | 91,296 | 90,252 | 91,176 | 76,980 | 88,691 |
| Tax Reductions (%) ** | – | (1.1%) | (0.1%) | (15.7%) | (2.9%) |
* tCO2 Grid supplied electricity, gas and self-supplied solar PV electricity.
** Reductions in CRC Tax from 2011 peak energy use.
Note: 2016 CRC emissions and tax will be reported in June 2016.
The CRC Tax on emissions from our use of electricity, gas and self-supplied solar electricity generation rose from £12.00/tCO2 to £16.40 in 2015, and will continue to rise to £18.30 in 2019. Under the CRC Tax scheme, our total tCO2 emissions reduced by 28.9%, but our CRC Tax reduction from 2011 to 2015was 2.9%, due to a 26.8% increase in the 2015 Tax rate. Big Yellowhas further plans to investin external energy efficient lighting; solar 'roof top' installations and accurate solar performance monitoring to manage costs and savings efficiently, until the merger of the CRC Tax with the 'Climate Change Levy' is confirmed in 2020.
This yearwe disclose our'Scope 2'(Off site) power station electricity use and emissions, as ourmost'material' energy use by 'Dual Reporting'. This is to compare the difference in our 'location based' (National Grid) and 'market based' (British Gas Electricity supply) emissions. The table belowshows that carbon dioxide emissions that are 'Location Based' are almost double the 'Market Based' conversion factor(tCO2). This is because the British Gas 'FuelMix Disclosure' for electricity generation is based on a lower carbon mix of: 33% natural gas; 31% nuclear energy; 23% renewables; 11% coal; and 2% of 'otherfuels'.This disclosure raises consumer awareness ofthe lower carbon content of 'market based' emissions as well as cost.
'Duel' Carbon Reporting – Scope 2 Electricity Conversion Factors 2016
| Electricity Supply Basis | Electricity Use & Conversion Factors | Carbon Emissions |
|---|---|---|
| National Grid 'Location Based' | 9,376,085+ kWh x 0.4585 | 4,299 tCO2 |
| British Gas 'Market Based' | 9,376,085 kWh x 0.2400 | 2,250 tCO2 |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: Electricity Market Supplier Conversion Factors (CFs) BG (2015-2016).
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
Total Scope 1 and 2 Emissions
In the year ended 31 March 2016, total Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions achieved a reduction of 35.2% from peak energy use in 2011, exceeding last year's 28.7% reduction.
| Total GHG Emission Reductions (tCO2e) (GHG-Dir-Abs and GHG-Indir-Abs) |
% change | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014* | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Scope 1 Totals | 121.5 | 140.6 | 419.0 | 474.8 | 132.0 | 122.7+ | (74.2%) |
| Scope 2 Totals | 6,758.0 | 6,143.0 | 6,051.0 | 5,207.0 | 4,776.0 | 4,333.5+ | (35.9%) |
| Total (tCO2e) | 6,879.5 | 6,283.6 | 6,470.0 | 5,681.8 | 4,908.0 | 4,456.2+ | (35.2%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
* Peak emissions for Scope 1.
2011 was the Peak emissions and benchmark year for long term performance assessment for Scope 2
These reductions were mainly due to Scope 2 supplied electricity emissions. Our energy use strategy aims to reduce emissions, annual energy costs and carbon taxation by proportional percentages. It has also created an income fromenergy company payments for generation and exporting excess electricity to the Grid from our solar electricity generation investments.
Scope 1 emissions from our stores represent only 2.8% of our combined Scope 1 and 2 emissions. In the year ended 31 March 2016, less refrigerantreplacementwas required forthe third yearin succession and the type used had a lower GHG emission conversion factor,resulting in a significant reduction in GHG Emissions from our peak refrigerant replacement in 2015. GHG emissions from flexi office gas heating are also indicating a constant reduction in tCO2e in the year ended 31 March 2016, due to milder but wetter winters since 2012.
GHG Emission Intensity (Scope 1 and 2)
Our keyemission"intensity"indicators arebasedonannual growthusing customer occupancyandrevenue andgross internalfloor area ("GIFA").
| Scope 1 and 2 GHG Emission Intensity / Occupied Space And Revenue (GHG-Int) |
% change | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Total (tCO2e) | 6,879.5 | 6,283.6 | 6,470.0 | 5,681.8 | 4,908.0 | 4,456.2+ | (35.2%) |
| Occupancy (m2) | 197,884 | 228,356 | 244,521 | 263,101 | 283,732 | 304,964 | 54.1% |
| kgCO2e /Occy. | 34.8 | 27.5 | 26.5 | 21.6 | 17.3 | 14.6+ | (58.0%) |
| Revenue (£000) | 61,885 | 65,663 | 69,671 | 72,196 | 84,276 | 101,382 | 63.8% |
| kgCO2e/£ Rev. | 0.11 | 0.10 | 0.09 | 0.08 | 0.06 | 0.04+ | (63.6%) |
| GIFA (m2) | 545,490 | 572,194 | 582,872 | 582,872 | 605,419 | 621,050 | 13.9% |
| kgCO2e /GIFA m2 | 12.6 | 11.0 | 11.1 | 9.7 | 8.1 | 7.2+ | (42.9%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: Peak GHG emissions year is 2011.
From our peak GHG emissions in 2011, emissions per customer occupied space have reduced by 58.0% and by 63.6% per revenue. GHG emission intensity per our store portfolio gross internal floor area has reduced by 42.9%. Our future GHG carbon reduction programme is to invest in external LED re-lamping and solar electricity generation investments where viable. More store specific energy saving opportunity scheme (ESOS) have also been programmed for future years.
Extending our landscaping to green walls and roofs is environmentally beneficial. These features allow excess rainwater to be absorbed, helps moderate the temperature of the local environment, provides habitat for local wildlife and is more aesthetically appealing – softening the landscape.
3.3 Long Term Energy Electricity Management Scope 2 GHG Emission Targets and Reductions
The Climate Change Act (2008) has set a national target to reduce GHG emissions by 34% by 2020 and we aim to achieve this target. As part of the UK commercial property sector, Big Yellow has been reducing its energy use by energy efficient and renewable energy technology since its first electricity peak use in 2008.
| Scope 1 and 2 GHG Emission Reductions and Targets (%) From 2008 |
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | |
| tCO2e | 6,487* | 6,383 | 6,287 | 6,880* | 6,284 | 6,470 | |
| % reductions | – | (1.6%) | (3.1%) | 6.1% | (3.1%) | (0.3%) | |
| Scope 1 and 2 GHG Emission Reductions and Targets (%) From 2008 Continued |
|||||||
| Year ended 31 March | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | 2017*** | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 |
| tCO2e | 5,682 | 4,908 | 4,456+ | – | – | – | – |
| % reductions | (12.4%) | (24.3%) | (31.3 %) | (33.7%) | (36.0%) | (38.3%) | (40.4%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report. * 2011 peak electricity use due to occupancy growth.
Note: 2008 peak use due to new store development and occupancy growth.
We have been achieving a 4.5% annual average reduction of GHG emissions from 2008 to 2016. From 2017,wewill adoptthe UK commercial property sector 'Real Estate Environmental target' of a 3.5% annual GHG emission reduction to align with the Government's 2050 goal. To achieve this target our future programmes of re-lamping stores externally with energy efficient lighting is planned to begin in the year ending 31March 2017. Additional investmentin roof mounted solarinstallations at our newand existing stores is also proposed forthe year ending 31 March 2017. We will also use our 'Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme' (ESOS) report to implement other energy efficiency investments where we consider they are appropriate.
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
Big Yellow Store Portfolio Asset Certifications
This yearwe are reporting some of our key performance indicators and identifying them using the codes from the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA). This is at the request of some of our stakeholders, to assess sustainable development performance.
| Number of Certified Assets (EPRA 'Cert-Tot' and GRI 'CRE8') Total Number of EPC and BREEAM Certificates and Ratings | ||
|---|---|---|
| Energy | Building Research | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| No. | Store Certification (EPCs) |
Performance | Establishment Environmental Assessment Methodology ("BREEAM") Certification |
Gross Internal Floor Area (GIFA) m2 |
| 1 | Balham | B | – | 8,361 |
| 2 | Barking | A | – | 8,360 |
| 3 | Birmingham | C | – | 8,361 |
| 4 | Bromley | B | – | 9,867 |
| 5 | Camberley | A | – | 8,849 |
| 6 | Cambridge | B | – | 7,264 |
| 7 | Chiswick | B | – | 10,678 |
| 8 | Chester | E | – | 8,179 |
| 9 | Ealing | B | – | 7,887 |
| 10 | Edinburgh | D+ | – | 8,779 |
| 11 | Eltham | C | – | 9,793 |
| 12 | Enfield | B | BREEAM 'Excellent' (75.5%) | 8,367 |
| 13 | Fulham | B | – | 19,370 |
| 14 | Gypsy Corner | B | – | 9,707 |
| 15 | High Wycombe | B | – | 8,431 |
| 16 | Kennington | B | – | 9,339 |
| 17 | Liverpool Edge Lane | C | – | 8,361 |
| 18 | Merton | B | – | 9,755 |
| 19 | New Cross | B | – | 8,623 |
| 20 | Nottingham | C | – | 9,058 |
| 21 | Oxford | D | – | 4,266 |
| 22 | Poole | C | – | 7,386 |
| 23 | Reading | A | BREEAM 'Excellent' (76.7%) | 8,640 |
| 24 | Richmond | B | – | 4,855 |
| 25 | Sheen | B | BREEAM 'Excellent' (76.1%) | 8,919 |
| 26 | Sheffield Bramall Lane | B | – | 8,361 |
| 27 | Sheffield Hillsborough | B | – | 8,361 |
| 28 | Stockport | B | – | 8,288 |
| 29 | Sutton | B | – | 9,755 |
| 30 | Twickenham | A+ | – | 10,591 |
| "Green" stores | 30 | BREEAM covers 25,926 m2 across three stores | 258,924 m2 | |
| 71 | Total 42% Certified |
4.2% of Portfolio | 621,050 m2 |
Energy Performance Certification ('EPC') Legislation
As owners of propertywho lease space tomembers ofthe public,wewere required to display EPCs to our customers from1st October 2008. Certification is required at newstore openings, store acquisitions andwhen solar panels are retrofitted onto older stores.We have provided 30 EPCs to date in our stores, representing 42% of the portfolio. Of the stores certified 73% have high 'A' or 'B' ratings, mainly due to energy efficientinternal LED re-lamping and investmentin lowcarbon electricity, heating and cooling 'self-supply', such as solar and ground source heat pump installations. Considering thatthewhole portfolio has internal energy efficient LED lighting, apartfrom a fewrecent acquisitions, we are comfortable that the pre-October 2008 stores will at least achieve the EPC 'B' rating in the future, when the opportunity arises.
Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Methodology ('BREEAM')
BREEAM certification is sometimes a local planning requirement for our stores, especially for new developments in high density urban environments. The methodology assesses impacts and opportunities for enhancing the design and construction environmental aspects. The certification includes a review of new store energy, sustainable building materials, water efficiency, waste recycling and ecology. The review also includes social aspects of the building life include its resource management, health, well-being, modes of transport and pollution reduction. Our BREEAMratings aremainly 'Excellent' scoring in the 75 – 76% range and highestin the areas of land use and ecology; transport; waste; pollution; and energy efficiency.
4.0 SCOPE 3 – VOLUNTARY SUPPLY CHAIN GHG EMISSIONS
Scope 3 supply chain emissions represent GHG emissions during electricity supplier transmission and distribution to our stores.
| Scope 3 – Electricity Supply and Distribution GHG Emission Losses |
% change | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | from peak |
| Electric (kWh) | 13,925,217 | 13,588,703 | 13,153,960 | 11,688,629 | 9,643,341 | 9,376,085+ | (32.7%) |
| Scope 2 (tCO2e) | 6,758 | 6,143 | 6,051 | 5,207 | 4,776 | 4,333+ | (35.9%) |
| Scope 3 (tCO2e) | 544 | 525 | 501 | 445 | 417 | 355 | (34.7%) |
| Total (tCO2e) | 7,302 | 6,668 | 6,552 | 5,652 | 5,193 | 4,688 | (35.8%) |
- Indicates data reviewed by Deloitte LLP. See page 54 for their independent assurance report.
Note: Peak energy use and benchmark year was 2011.
Note:Transmission and Distribution Conversion Factor 2016 (0.03816).
Our energy efficiency programmeswithin our stores have reduced electricity demand and emission fromour supplier's power stations.Total transmission and distribution losses have reduced by 35.8% since 2011, compared to a 28.9% reduction last year.
| Scope 3 – Store Waste Supply Chain Recycling and Landfill GHG Emissions (Waste-Abs) |
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
| Waste Recycling (t) | 266 | 263 | 259 | 265 | 273 | 296 |
| Landfill waste (t) | 37.3 | 36.8 | 34.6 | 37.0 | 38.2 | 58.9 |
| Landfill GHG tCO2e* | 10.8 | 10.7 | 10.0 | 10.7 | 11.0 | 17.0 |
* 2016 Landfill gas conversion factor = 0.2892.
Waste generation in self storage is assessed as a "lowenvironmental impact".Themajority of non-hazardous bulk officewaste is segregated by our staff and then further recycling by our waste contractor for paper and cardboard takes place after collection.This year 296 tonnes of waste was recycled and 58.9 tonnes went to landfill. Landfill GHG emissions are estimated to be 17.0 tCO2e. These emission levels represent a negligible percentage of our combined Scope 1 and 2 emissions and are below the materiality threshold for future carbon emission reporting.
| New Store Construction 'Fit-Out' Waste Management Performance (Waste-Abs) |
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
| Tonnage | 147.5 | 152.3 | 12.9 | 78.9 | 14.5 | 13.6 |
| Waste Recycled (%) | 93.2 | 96.0 | 100 | 95 | 100 | 92.8 |
| Plasterboard Recycled (%) | 100 | 34.0 | – | 100 | 100 | 100 |
In October 2015, our new Cambridge store 'Fit Out' contractors recycled 92.8% of our waste (13.6 tonnes) as follows: hard-core and brick (41%); wood (31%); plastic (11%); metals (9%); card/paper(3%); polythene (2%); bagged waste (2%); and plasterboard (1%). All of our new stores sign up to the 'Considerate Constructors Scheme' and achieve Energy Performance Certification (EPC)'B' rating with LED lighting as standard and roof top solar installations installed where viable.
Water use has been assessed as a "low environmental impact" for self storage (usage of 28,486 m3). Our data has provided an average of (20.3 tCO2e) emissions per year. This represents less than 0.5% of combined Scope 1 and 2 emissions, which is below the materiality threshold for carbon emissions. Water use monitoring is continued in order to review water use efficiency.
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
5.0 STAKEHOLDERS
Big Yellow engages with all of its main stakeholders to provide information and to gain useful feedback from a variety of groups, as described below.
Government Legislation and Standards
EU Energy Efficiency Directive; 'The UK Energy Savings Opportunities Scheme' ("ESOS")
We appointed an accredited Assessor, measured all of our energy consumption and determined significant areas of use. ESOSwas enforced by the Environment Agency ("EA") and involved the audit of fourrepresentative stores fromour portfolio.We assessed future energy savings, other than the technologies that we had already programmed and invested in. We completed the audits in November 2015, before the December deadline, and have considered changes to our future budget for investing in viable energy saving technologies as a result.
Investor Communications
The Carbon Disclosure Project ("CDP") 2016
The CDP is a global initiative by investors designed to encourage companies (and their suppliers) to publish information on their carbon emissions and climate change strategies, as a measure of their carbon emissions reduction efficiency.
The CDP Performance and Number of Investors
| Year | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Disclosure Score | 65/100 | – | 67/100 | 71/100 | 85/100 | 93/100 |
| Performance Score | B | – | C | D | B | C |
| Number of investors | 534 | – | 655 | 722 | 799 | 884 |
| Annual increase in investors | – | – | – | 10.2% | 10.7% | 10.6% |
Our 'Disclosure Scores' have improved from 2010 to 2015, as we achieved 93/100 for 'reporting transparency' in 2015. Our latest survey (to be submitted in June 2016) will provide an update with more detail addressing 'Climate Change Performance'.The 'C' Band performance was the average for 'Financials' in 2015. Big Yellow's 'number of investors' has also increased year on year by approximately 10%.
The Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark ("GRESB") 'Green Star Status'
GRESB collects information regarding the sustainability performance of property companies and funds. This includes information on performance indicators, such as energy efficiency, GHG emission,water andwaste reductions.The Survey also covers broader issues such as sustainability risk assessments, performance improvement, and engagement with employees, customers, suppliers and local communities. GRESB continued to rate Big Yellowwith a 'Green Star Status' in 2015. In Europe (and globally)wewere rankedwith sustainability scores in the top quartile of 'management and policy' and 'implementation and measurement'.The benchmark results allow us to identify the areaswherewe can improve, both in absolute terms and relative to our peers.We are able to provide our existing and potential investors with information regarding our environmental and social governance performance, in the current real estate investment market.
6.0 CSR PROGRAMME FOR THE YEAR ENDING 31 MARCH 2017
Big Yellow will continue to focus on its most significant environmental and financial aspects of its business impact, energy use and carbon emissions. Energy efficiency and lowcarbon supply programmes have been trialled and have been implemented since 2008.Wewillreview and consider further energy reduction strategies within our store operations for carbon and financial savings. For the year ahead our programmes, objectives and targets are highlighted in the table below.
| CSR Strategy | Programme | Objectives From 2011 Benchmark |
|---|---|---|
| GHG Emission Reduction | Assess new and acquired stores within the portfolio for efficient LED re-lamping internally and externally. |
External store lighting programmed for LED re-lamping in the year ending 31 March 2017. |
| CRC | Review potential tax reduction as tCO 2 tax rate increases. |
Implement more specific ESOS advice. |
| Increase Solar Energy generation, revenue and savings |
Solar installations to increase with new build portfolio growth, acquisitions and existing retro-fit stores. |
Solar installation on new build Guildford store and two retrofit installations on Colchester and Eltham stores. |
| FTSE4 Good Investor Governance positioning |
Provided data on the Big Yellow website to update research requests on our supply chain, labour standards and the 'Modern Slavery Act'. |
Maintain membership within the FTSE4 Good Index series ratings and engaging with researchers. |
| CDP Communications | Use our annual carbon performance data in the CDP survey 2015 to improve our ratings. |
To increase and maintain our high performance and interest form a wider range of investors. |
| GRESB | Maintain our upper quartile ranking scores in 'management and policy' and 'implementation and measurement'. |
Strengthen and maintain the leading 'Green Star' position in the GRESB upper quadrant. |
| Health and Safety | Continually maintain and improve high standards of recording and reporting customer, staff, visitor, and contractor incidents. |
Invest in continued training and awareness of staff in routine health and safety policy, procedures, management and reporting. |
| Staff and CSR awareness | Continue raising CSR awareness through area staff presentations and internal communications. |
Regular staff meetings and information bulletins on CSR progress and 'Climate Change'. |
MoredetailsofCSRpolicies,previous reportsandawards canbefoundonourinvestorrelationswebsiteathttp://corporate.bigyellow.co.uk/csr.aspx
Corporate Social Responsibility Report (continued)
Assurance statement
Independent assurance statement by Deloitte LLP ('Deloitte')to Big Yellow Group plc ('Big Yellow') on their Corporate Social Responsibility Report 2016 ("Report")
What we looked at: scope of our work
Big Yellow engaged us to perform limited assurance procedures on selected Group level corporate social responsibility (CSR) performance indicators for the year ended 31 March 2016.The assured data are indicated by the + symbol in the Report.
Carbon footprint indicators:
- > Store electricity (tCO2e)
- > Store flexi-office gas emissions (tCO2e)
- > Refrigerant emissions (tCO2e)
- > Absolute carbon dioxide emissions (tCO2e)
Store electricity use, CO2 emissions and carbon intensity:
- > Electricity use (kWh)
- > Absolute carbon emissions (tCO2e)
- > Carbon intensity (kgCO2e/m2 gross internal area)
- > Carbon intensity (kgCO2e/m2 occupied space)
- > Carbon intensity (kgCO2e/£ revenue)
Renewable energy generation and CO2 emissions reductions:
- > Total renewable energy (kWh)
- > Renewable energy percentage of total store use (%)
Staff health and safety:
- > Average number of employees
- > Minor Injuries
- > Reportable injuries (RIDDOR)
- > Annual Injury Incidence rate (AIIR) per 100,000 staff
- > Notices
What we found: our assurance opinion
Based on the assurance work we performed, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the selected CSR performance indicators, as noted above, have not been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with Big Yellow's definitions and basis of reporting.
What standards we used: basis of our work and level of assurance
We carried outlimited assurance in accordancewith the International Standards on Assurance Engagements 3000 Revised (ISAE 3000). To achieve limited assurance ISAE 3000 requires that we review the processes and systems used to compile the areas on which we provide assurance.This standard requires that we comply with the independence and ethical requirements and to plan and perform our assurance engagement to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence on which to base our limited assurance conclusion. It does not include detailed testing of source data or the operating effectiveness of processes and internal controls.This is designed to give a similar level of assurance to that obtained in the review of interim financial information.
The evaluation criteria used for our assurance are the Big Yellow Group definitions and basis of reporting as described at: http://corporate.bigyellow.co.uk/csr.aspx
What we did: our key assurance procedures
Considering the risk of material error, our multi-disciplinary team of CSR assurance specialists planned and performed our work to obtain all the information and explanations we considered necessary to provide sufficient evidence to support our assurance conclusion. Our work was planned to mirror Big Yellow's own group level compilation processes, tracing how data for each indicator within our assurance scope was collected, collated and validated by corporate head office and included in the Report.
Key procedures we carried out included:
- > Gaining an understanding of Big Yellow's systems through interview with management responsible for CSR management and reporting systems at corporate head office;
- > Reviewing the systems and procedures to capture, collate, validate and process data for the assured performance data included in the Report. We did not test back to source data; and
- > Reviewing the content of the 2016 CSR Report against the findings of our work and making recommendations for improvement where necessary.
Big Yellow's responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the Report and for the information and statements contained within it. They are responsible for determining the CSR goals, performance and for establishing and maintaining appropriate performance management and internal control systems from which the reported information is derived.
Deloitte's responsibilities, independence and team competencies
Our responsibility is to independently express a conclusion on the performance data for the year ended 31 March 2016. We performed the engagement in accordance with Deloitte's independence policies, which cover all of the requirements of the International Federation of Accountants Code of Ethics and in some cases are more restrictive. We confirm to Big Yellow that we have maintained our independence and objectivity throughout the year, including the fact that there were no events or prohibited services provided which could impair that independence and objectivity in the provision of this engagement.
This report is made solely to Big Yellow in accordance with our engagement letter. Our work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company those matters we are required to state to them in an assurance report and for no other purpose.To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than Big Yellow for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we have formed.
Deloitte LLP London, United Kingdom 23 May 2016
Directors, Officers and Advisers
Executive Directors
Nicholas Vetch, aged 55, Executive Chairman, is a co-founder of Big Yellow in September 1998. Prior to that, he was joint Chief Executive of Edge Properties plc, which he co-founded in 1989 which was subsequently listed on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange in 1996 and then sold to Grantchester Properties plc in 1998. He is also a Non-Executive Director of Local Shopping REIT plc.
James Gibson, aged 55, Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of Big Yellow Group PLC in September 1998. He is a Chartered Accountant by background having trainedwith Arthur Andersen&Co.where he specialised in the property and construction sectors, before leaving in1989.Hewas FinanceDirector ofHeron Property Corporation Limited and then Edge Properties plc which he joined in 1994. Edge Properties was listed on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange in 1996 and then sold toGrantchester Properties plc in1998.He is also aNon-ExecutiveDirector and shareholder of AnyJunk Limited, aNon-ExecutiveDirector and investor inMoby Self Storage, a Brazilian Self Storage start-up, and a Trustee of the London Children's Ballet.
Adrian Lee, aged50,OperationsDirector,was previously a Senior Executive at Edge Properties plc,which he joined in1996. Priorto that hewas a corporate financier at Lazard for five years, having previously qualified as a surveyor at Knight Frank. He was appointed to the Board inMay 2000.
John Trotman, aged 38, Chief Financial Officer, is a Chartered Accountant having trained with Deloitte LLP, where he specialised in the real estate sector and self storage. On leaving Deloitte in 2005, Johnworked for a subsidiary ofthe Kajima Corporation. He joined Big Yellowin June 2007, andwas appointed to the Board in September 2007. He is a Director of the UK Self Storage Association.
Non-Executive Directors
Tim Clark, aged 65, Non-Executive Director. He was a partner in Slaughter and May, one of the leading international law firms in the world, for 25 years; initially working as a corporate andM&A adviserto a range of companies and institutions and then forthe last seven years as senior partner(before retiring in April2008). He is the Chair ofWater Aid UK, and a Senior Adviser to G3, and to Chatham House. He is also a member of the International Chamber of Commerce UK Governing Body,the Advisory Board of UriaMenendez,the Board ofthe RoyalNationalTheatre and the Development Committee oftheNational Gallery.He is Chairman ofthe trustees oftheEconomistTrust andamember ofthe Audit Committee oftheWellcome Trust.Hewas appointedto theBoardinAugust2008, is the SeniorIndependent Director and is Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees.
Richard Cotton, aged 60, Non-Executive Director, headed the real estate corporate finance team at JPMorgan Cazenove until April 2009, and subsequent to that was aManaging Director of Forum Partners. Richard is currently the Chairman of Centurion Properties and a Non-Executive Director of Helical Bar plc as well as a Member of the Commercial Development Advisory Group ofTransportfor London. Richard joined the Board in July 2012.
Georgina Harvey, aged 51, Non-Executive Director, started her media career at Express Newspapers plc where she was appointed Advertising Director in 1994. She joined IPCMedia Ltd in 1995 andwent on to formIPC Advertising in 1998,where shewasManaging Director. Shewas amember ofthe Board ofIPCMedia from 2000 and was Managing Director of the Regionals division of Trinity Mirror from 2005 to 2012, overseeing its transition to a digital platform. She is currently a Non-Executive Director ofWilliam Hill plc and ofMcColl's Retail Group plc. She joined the Board in July 2013.
Steve Johnson, aged 52, Non-Executive Director, started his career at Bain in the 1980s before joining Asda in 1993, where he carried out a number of roles, culminating in Marketing Director. He left Asda in 2000, to join GUS as a Sales & Marketing Director, departing in 2002 to take up his first CEO role at Focus DIY, where he remained until2007.He joinedWoolworths as part ofthe finalturnaround teamin late2008.He hasmostrecently beenworking as an operating executive forTPG, and was also the Executive Chairman of Dreams plc between July 2011 and October 2012. He is currently Executive Chairman of Poundworld. He joined the Board in September 2010.
Mark Richardson, aged 59, Non-Executive Director, retired from Deloitte in 2008 after a career there of 29 years, the last 19 as an audit partner specialising in clients in the Real Estate and Construction sectors. Mark is a trustee of the Natural History Museum Development Trust, a trustee of WWF-UK, and he is also a trustee and treasurer ofthe children's communication charity ICAN. He was appointed to the Board in July 2008 and is chairman of the Audit Committee.
Company Secretary and Registered office
Shauna Beavis 2 The Deans Bridge Road Bagshot Surrey GU19 5AT
Company Registration No. 03625199
Bankers
Lloyds Bank plc HSBC Bank plc Aviva Commercial Finance Limited M&G Investments Limited
Solicitors CMS Cameron McKenna LLP Lester Aldridge LLP
Financial advisers and stockbrokers J P Morgan Cazenove
Independent Auditor Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountant and Statutory Auditors
Valuers Cushman & Wakefield LLP Jones Lang LaSalle
Directors' Report
The Directors present their Annual Report on the affairs of the Group, together with the audited financial statements and auditor's report for the year ended 31 March 2016.The Report on Corporate Governance on pages 60 to 63 forms part of this report.
Details of significant events since the balance sheet date are included in note 25 to the financial statements. An indication of likely future developments in the business of the Company is included in the strategic report.
Information about the use of financial instruments by the Company and its subsidiaries is given in note 18 to the financial statements.
Dividends
The Directors are recommending the payment of a final dividend of 12.8 pence per share for the year (2015: 11.3 pence per ordinary share). An interim dividend of 12.1 pence per share was paid in the year(2015: 10.4 pence per share).
A property income dividend of 18.1 pence is payable for the year, of which 12.1 pence per share was paid with the interim dividend, and 6.0 pence per share was proposed for the final dividend.
Subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 22 July 2016, the final dividend will be paid on 28 July 2016.The Ex-div date is 16 June 2016 and the Record date is 17 June 2016.
From April 2016 dividend tax credits will be replaced by an annual £5,000 tax-free allowance on dividend income across an individual's entire share portfolio. Above this amount, individualswill pay tax on their dividend income at a rate dependent on theirincome tax bracket and personal circumstances.The Company will continue to provide registered shareholders with a confirmation of the dividends paid by Big Yellow Group PLC and this should be included with any other dividend income received when calculating and reporting total dividend income received. It is the shareholder's responsibility to include all dividend income when calculating any tax liability.This change was announced by the Chancellor, as part of the UK government Budget, in July 2015.
Disclosure of Greenhouse Gas ("GHG") Emissions
Companies Act 2006; Climate Change, the GHG Emissions Director's Reports Regulations 2013
FromOctober 2013, all listed companies are required to report annual quantities of GHG emissions (measured as Carbon Dioxide Equivalent(CO2e)) as follows:
- > Scope 1 significant direct emission sources, such as our flexi-office gas heating and air conditioner coolant replacement currently fit out 'gas oil' use emissions and one Company van diesel fuel use emissions are assessed as 'not material';.
- > Scope 2 significant indirect or offsite power station electricity supply emissions to our stores; and
- > Scope 3 Electricity supplier 'transmission and distribution' emissions currently, voluntary GHG emissions, from our waste and water supply chains are not assessed as material.
Summary of Scope 1 and 2 Total Carbon Footprint (GHG carbon equivalent emissions (tCO2e))
Including store electricity, gas, coolant, generator gas oil and van diesel
| Year | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Scope 1 and 2 GHG Emissions (tCO2e) | 6,879.5 | 6,283.6 | 6,470.0 | 5,681.8 | 4,908.0 | 4,456.2 |
| Scope 3 Electricity Transmission Losses | 544 | 525 | 501 | 445 | 417 | 355 |
| Kg CO2e / Annual Revenue (£) | 0.11 | 0.10 | 0.09 | 0.08 | 0.06 | 0.04 |
| Kg CO2e / Customer Occupancy (m2) | 32.0 | 26.0 | 26.5 | 22.6 | 17.3 | 14.6 |
| Kg CO2e/GIFA m2 | 12.6 | 11.0 | 11.1 | 9.8 | 7.7 | 7.2 |
Note: Our materiality threshold for carbon emissions is > 1%
Further information on GHG emissions and on other sustainability initiatives at Big Yellow is provided in our Corporate Social Responsibility Report.
Capital structure
Details of the authorised and issued share capital, together with details of the movements in the Company's issued share capital during the year are shown in note 22.The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. Each share carries the right to one vote at general meetings of the Company.
There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation.The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders ofthe Company's shares that may resultin restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights.
Details of employee share schemes are set out in note 23, and details of shares held by the Company's Employee BenefitTrust are set out in note 22.
No person has any special rights of control over the Company's share capital and all issued shares are fully paid.
With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the Corporate Governance Code, the Companies Acts and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors are described in the Report on Corporate Governance on page 60.
There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company such as commercial contracts, bank loan agreements, property lease arrangements and employees' share plans. Furthermore, the Directors are not aware of any agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees that provide for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.
During the year the Company issued 732,302 shares to satisfy the exercise of share options (2015: 641,877).
Directors' Report (continued)
Directors
The Directors of the Company who served throughout the year and to the date of approval of the financial statements were as follows:
Tim Clark Senior Independent Director
| Richard Cotton | Non-Executive Director |
|---|---|
| James Gibson | Chief Executive Officer |
| Georgina Harvey | Non-Executive Director |
| Steve Johnson | Non-Executive Director |
| Adrian Lee | Operations Director |
| Mark Richardson | Non-Executive Director |
| John Trotman | Chief Financial Officer |
| Nicholas Vetch | Executive Chairman |
Biographical details of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors standing for re-election are set out on page 56.
Directors' indemnities
The Company purchases liability insurance covering the Directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Political contributions
No political donations were made by the Company in either the current or preceding financial year.
Substantial shareholdings
The Company had been notified, in accordance with Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency rules, of the following voting rights as a shareholder of the Company at 31 March 2016 and 23 May 2016.
| No. of ordinary shares 31 March 2016 |
Percentage of voting rights and issued share capital 31 March 2016 |
No. of ordinary shares 23 May 2016 |
Percentage of voting rights and issued share capital 23 May 2016 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cohen & Steers Inc | 15,363,236 | 9.8% | 14,812,547 | 9.4% |
| Old Mutual Plc | 9,922,701 | 6.3% | 9,873,313 | 6.3% |
| Blackrock Inc | 9,220,257 | 5.9% | 9,055,671 | 5.8% |
| Wellington Management Company | 4,667,674 | 3.0% | 7,317,607 | 4.7% |
| Standard Life Investments | 5,983,778 | 3.8% | 5,983,778 | 3.8% |
| PGGM Investments | 5,380,776 | 3.4% | 5,380,776 | 3.4% |
| State Street Global Advisors Limited | 4,990,101 | 3.2% | 4,774,575 | 3.0% |
The interest of the Directors in the share capital of the Company is shown on page 77 of the Remuneration Report.
Purchase of own shares
The Company was granted authority at the AGM in 2015 to purchase its own shares up to a total aggregate value of 10% of the issued nominal capital. That authority expires at this year's AGMand a resolution will be proposed for its renewal. During the year the Company made no purchases of its own shares.
Employee consultation
The Group seeks to ensure employee commitment to its objectives in a number of ways. Strategic changes are communicated directly to all staff who are encouraged to address queries to the Executive Directors.The Directors' executive meetings are frequently held in stores and in addition Directors and senior management visit the stores on a regular basis. Furthermore, there are regular team briefings at store level to provide employees with information about the performance of and initiatives in their store. A wide range of information is also communicated across the Group's Intranet, including the e-publication of the Group's financial results and all press releases, the publication of a quarterly newsletter, and the publication of a weekly operations bulletin.
Employees are encouraged to participate in the Group's performance through Employee Share Schemes and performance related bonuses. 39% of eligible employees participate in the Group's Sharesave Scheme.
The Group's recruitment policy is committed to promote equality, judging neither by race, nationality, religion, age, gender, disability, sexual orientation, nor political opinion and to treat all stakeholders fairly.
Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled every effortis made to ensure thattheir employmentwith the Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged. Itis the policy oftheGroup thatthe training, career development and promotionof disabled persons should, as far as possible, be identicalto that of other employees.
Human Rights
Big Yellow respects Human Rights and aims to provide assurance to internal and external stakeholders that we are committed to human rights and the principles of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
We are committed to creating and maintaining a positive and professional work environment that reflects and respects the basic rights of freedom to lead a dignified life, free from fear or want, and where stakeholders are free to express their independent beliefs. Our employment policies and practices reflect a culture where decisions are made solely on the basis of individual capability and potential in relation to the needs of the business.
Modern Slavery Act
The Group is committed to ensuring that there is no modern slavery or human trafficking in our supply chains or in any part of our business. Our Anti-slavery Policy reflects our commitment to acting ethically and with integrity in all our business relationships and to implementing and enforcing effective systems and controls to ensure slavery and human trafficking is not taking place anywhere in our supply chains. Our policy is published in full on our website.
Auditor
In respect of each Director of the Company, at the date when this report was approved, to the best of their knowledge and belief:
- > so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's auditor is unaware; and
- > each Director has taken all the steps that he might have reasonably been expected to take as a Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of that information.
This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with s418 of the Companies Act 2006.
The auditor, Deloitte LLP has expressed theirwillingness to continue in office as auditor and a resolution to reappointthem will be proposed atthe forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on behalf of the Board
Shauna Beavis
Company Secretary 23 May 2016
Corporate Governance Report
INTRODUCTION
The Company is committed to the principles of corporate governance contained in the UK Corporate Governance Code thatwas issued in 2014 by the Financial Reporting Council ("the Code") for which the Board is accountable to shareholders. The Board also takes account of the corporate governance guidelines of institutional shareholders and their representative bodies.
At Big Yellow, we aim to create a culture in which integrity, openness and fairness are rewarded.
We continue to review the composition of the Board to ensure that it has the appropriate skills, knowledge and balance for the effective stewardship of the Company.There have been no changes to the composition of the Board in the year.
The Board has overall responsibility for the manner in which the Company runs its affairs.
Statement of compliance with the Code
Throughout the year ended 31 March 2016, the Company has been in compliance with the Code provisions set out in section 1 of the 2014 UK Corporate Governance Code.
Statement about applying the principles of the Code
The Company has applied the principles set out in the Code, including both the main principles and the supporting principles, by complying with the Code as reported above. Further explanation of how the principles and supporting principles have been applied is set out below and in the Nominations Committee Report, the Remuneration Report and the Audit Committee Report.
LEADERSHIP
The Board's role is to provide entrepreneurial leadership ofthe Companywithin a framework of prudent and effective controlswhich enables risk to be assessed and managed.
Chairman and Chief Executive
The division of responsibilities between the Chairman and the Chief Executive has been agreed by the Board and encompasses the following parameters:
- > the Chairman's role is to provide continuity, experience, governance and strategic advice, while the Chief Executive provides leadership, drives the day-to-day operations of the business and works with the Chairman on overall strategy;
- > the Chairman,workingwith the SeniorIndependent Non-Executive Director, is viewed by investors as the ultimate steward ofthe business and the guardian of the interests of all the shareholders;
- > the Board believes that the Chairman and the Chief Executive work together to provide effective and complementary stewardship;
- > the Chairman:
- > takes overall responsibility for the composition and capability of the Board; and
- > consults regularly with the Chief Executive and is available on a flexible basis for providing advice, counsel and support to the Chief Executive.
- > the Chief Executive:
- > manages the Executive Directors and the Group's day-to-day activities;
- > prepares and presents to the Board strategic options for growth in shareholder value;
- > sets the operating plans and budgets required to deliver agreed strategy; and
- > ensures that the Group has in place appropriate risk management and control mechanisms.
The Directors believe it is essential for the Group to be led and controlled by an effective Board that provides entrepreneurial leadership within a framework of sound controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed.The Board is responsible for setting the Group's strategic aims, its values and standards and ensuring the necessary financial and human resources are in place to achieve its goals. The Board ensures that its obligations to shareholders and other stakeholders are understood and met.The Board also regularly reviews the performance of management.
EFFECTIVENESS
Composition of the Board
The Nominations Committee is responsible for reviewing the Board Composition, and makes recommendations to the Board on the appointment of Directors. There are five independent Non-Executive Directors on the Board, with Tim Clark being the Senior Independent Director. The Company complies with the Combined Code in that at least half ofThe Board is comprised of independent Non-Executive Directors.
All oftheNon-ExecutiveDirectorsbring considerable knowledge, judgement andexperience toBoarddeliberations.Non-ExecutiveDirectorsdonotparticipate inany of the Company's share option or bonus schemes and their service is non-pensionable.The Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to communicate directly with Executive Directors between formal Boardmeetings.The Non-Executive Directorsmeet atleast once a yearwithoutthe Executive Directors being present.
The Non-Executive Directors scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance. They are required to satisfy themselves on the integrity of the financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible.They are responsible for determining appropriate levels ofremuneration for Executive Directors and have a prime role in appointing and,where necessary, removing Executive Directors, and in succession planning.
EFFECTIVENESS (continued)
Composition of the Board (continued)
The tenure of the independent Non-Executive Directors at 31 March 2016 is set out below:
THE BOARD AND ITS COMMITTEES Standing committees of the Board
The Board has Audit, Remuneration andNominations Committees, each ofwhich haswritten terms ofreference.They deal clearlywith the authorities and duties of each Committee and are formally reviewed annually. Copies of these terms of reference are available on the Company's website. Each of these Committees is comprised of Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company who are appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the Nominations Committee.
All ofthe Committees are authorised to obtain legal or other professional advice as necessary;to secure,where appropriate,the attendance of external advisers at its meetings and to seek information required from any employee of the Company in order to perform its duties.
The Chairman of each Committee reports the outcome of the meetings to the Board.The Company Secretary is secretary to each Committee.
Attendance at meetings of the individual Directors at the Board Meetings that they were eligible to attend is shown in the table below:
| Director | Position | Number of meetings attended |
|---|---|---|
| Tim Clark | Non-Executive Director | |
| Richard Cotton | Non-Executive Director | |
| James Gibson | Chief Executive Officer | |
| Georgina Harvey | Non-Executive Director | |
| Steve Johnson | Non-Executive Director | |
| Adrian Lee | Operations Director | |
| Mark Richardson | Non-Executive Director | |
| John Trotman | Chief Financial Officer | |
| Nicholas Vetch | Executive Chairman |
attended
absent
Adrian Lee missed one meeting due to an unavoidable diary conflict.
The Board meets approximately once every two months to discuss awhole range of significant matters including strategic decisions, major asset acquisitions and performance. A procedure to enable Directors to take independent professional advice if required has been agreed by the Board and formally confirmed by all Directors.
There is a formal schedule ofmatters reserved forthe Board's attention including the approval of Group strategy and policies;major acquisitions and disposals, major capital projects and financing, Group budgets and material contracts entered into otherthan in the normal course of business.The Board also considers matters of non-financial risk as part of its review of the Group's risk register.
At each Board meeting,the latest available financial information is producedwhich consists of detailed management accountswith the relevant comparisons to budget. A current trading appraisal is given by the Executive Directors.
Information and professional development
All Directors are provided with detailed financial information throughout the year. On a weekly basis they receive a detailed occupancy report showing the performance of each of the Group's open stores. Management accounts are circulated to the Executive monthly and a detailed Board pack is distributed a week prior to each Board meeting.
All Directors are kept informed of changes in relevant legislation and changing commercial risks with the assistance of the Company's legal advisers and auditorwhere appropriate.The professional developmentrequirements of Executive Directors are identified and progressed as part of each individual's annual appraisal. All new Directors are provided with a full induction programme on joining the Board.
Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to attend seminars and undertake externaltraining atthe Company's expense in areas they considerto be appropriate fortheir own professional development. Each year,the programme of senior management meetings is tailored to enable meetings to be held atthe Company's properties. During the year, the Executive Directors made visits to all of the Group's stores.
ACCOUNTABILITY
Risk management and internal control
The Group operates a rigorous system of risk management and internal control, which is designed to ensure that the possibility of misstatement or loss is keptto a minimum.There is a comprehensive system in place forfinancialreporting and the Board receives a number ofreports to enable itto carry outthese functions in the most efficient manner. These procedures include the preparation of management accounts, forecast variance analysis and other ad hoc reports.There are clearly defined authority limits throughout the Group, including those matters which are reserved specifically for the Board.
The Board has applied principle C.2 of the UK Corporate Governance Code by establishing a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks the Group faces and for determining the nature and extent of the significant risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.The Board regularly reviews the process, which has been in place from the start of the year to the date of approval of this report and which is in accordance with revised guidance on internal control published in October 2005 (the Turnbull Guidance).The Board is also responsible forthe Group's systemof internal control and forreviewing its effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage ratherthan eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.
In compliance with provision C.2.1 of the Code, the Board regularly reviews the effectiveness of the Group's risk management and internal control systems. The Board's monitoring covers all controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management. Itis based principally on reviewing reports from management to consider whether significant risks are identified, evaluated, managed and controlled and whether any significant weaknesses are promptly remedied and indicate a need for more extensive monitoring.The Board has also performed a specific assessmentforthe purpose ofthis Annual Report.This assessment considers all significant aspects of risk management and internal control arising during the period covered by the report, including the work carried out by the Group's Store Compliance team.The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its review responsibilities.
A formalrisk identification and assessment exercise has been carried outresulting in a risk framework document summarising the key risks, potential impact and the mitigating factors or controls in place.The Board have a stated policy of reviewing this risk framework at least once a year or in the event of a material change.The risk identification process also considered significant non-financial risks.
During the reviews, the Directors:
- > challenged the framework to ensure that the list of significant risks to business objectives is still valid and complete;
- > considered new and emerging risks to business objectives and included them in the framework if significant;
- > ensured that any changes in the impact or likelihood of the risks are reflected in the risk framework; and
- > ensured that there are appropriate action plans in place to address unacceptable risks.
The results of the exercise have been communicated to the Board and the Audit Committee.This was in the form of a summary report which included:
- > a prioritised summary of the key risks and their significance;
- > any changes in the list of significant risks or their impact and likelihood since the last assessment;
- > new or emerging risks that may become significant objectives in the future;
- > progress on action plans to address significant risks; and
- > any actual or potential control failures or weaknesses during the period (including "near misses").
During the course of its review of the risk management and internal control systems, the Board has not identified, nor been advised of any failings or weaknesses which it has determined to be significant, consistent with the prior year.Therefore, a confirmation in respect of necessary actions has not been considered appropriate.
GOING CONCERN
The Group's activities, and a fair review of the business, are included in the Strategic Report on pages 14 to 28.The financial position of the Group, including its cash flow, liquidity, and committed debt facilities are discussed in the Financial Review on pages 29 to 37.
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue operations for the foreseeable future. They have therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS
The Board aims to achieve clearreporting of financial performance to all shareholders and acknowledges the importance of an open dialogue by both Executive and Non-Executive Directors with its institutional shareholders.The Board believes that the Annual Report and Accounts play an important part in presenting all shareholders with an assessment of the Group's position and prospects.
The Company has an active dialogue with its shareholders through a programme of investor meetings which include formal presentation of the full and half year results.The Executive Directors have participated in investor conferences and meetings during the year,throughoutthe United Kingdom, and also in the United States and the Netherlands. During the year ended 31March 2016, the Chief Executive and other Executive Directors carried out 168 meetings with UK and overseas institutional shareholders and potential investors.These meetings comprised group and individual presentations and tours of our stores.
The Board also welcomes the interest of private investors and believes that, in addition to the Annual Report and the Company's website, the Annual General Meeting is an ideal forum at which to communicate with investors and the Board encourages their participation. At each Board Meeting, the Board is updated on any shareholding meetings that have taken place, and any views expressed or issues raised by the shareholders in these meetings.
Any queries raised by a shareholder, either verbally or in writing, are answered immediately by whoever is best placed on the Board to do so. Directors are introduced to shareholders at the AGM, including the identification of Non-Executive Directors and Committee Chairmen. The number of proxy votes cast in the resolution is announced at the AGM.
Report of the Nominations Committee
Introduction
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Composition of the Board. It also makes recommendations for membership of the Board and considering succession planning for Directors.The Committee is also responsible for evaluating Board and Committee performance.
Committee members and attendance
| Member | Position | Number of meetings attended |
|---|---|---|
| Tim Clark | Chairman and Senior Independent Director | |
| Richard Cotton | Member | |
| Georgina Harvey | Member | |
| Steve Johnson | Member | |
| Mark Richardson | Member |
attended
absent
The Nominations Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition ofthe Board and giving consideration to succession planning for Directors and other senior Executives.Where changes are required, itis also responsible forthe identification, selection and proposalto the Board for approval of persons suitable for appointment orreappointmentto the Board,whether as Executive orNon-Executive Directors and to seek approvalfromthe Remuneration Committee to the remuneration and terms and conditions of service of any proposed Executive Director appointment.The Chairman ofthe Committee presents reports to the Board as appropriate to enable the Board as a whole to agree the appointments of new Directors.The Committee meets at least once a year and otherwise as required and as determined by its members.
The terms and conditions of appointmentforthe Non-Executive Directors is available forinspection atthe Company's Head Office during normalworking hours. They are also available for inspection at the Company's AGM.
Board performance evaluation
In 2014,the Board engaged Lomond Consulting to undertake an evaluation ofthe performance ofthe Board and its Committees.The aimwas to seek to identify areaswhere the performance and the procedures ofthe Board may be improved.The scope ofthe reviewwas agreed between the Chairman ofthe Committee and the Chief Executive.
Each Director completed a questionnaire on the performance of the Board, its Committees and the Chairman.The responses were anonymous to enable an open and honest sharing of views. Lomond Consulting then produced a report showing the results of the review. The Board has committed to carry out an external performance evaluation every three years. In the intervening years the Board undertakes an evaluation of its own performance and that of its Committee and its individual members, with reference to the most recent external evaluation of its performance.The Board intends to carry out an external evaluation of its performance during the year ending 31 March 2017.
During the current year, the Executive Chairman evaluated the performance of the other Executive Directors, and the performance of the Chairman was evaluated by the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director. It was considered that the individuals, the Committees and the Board as a whole were operating effectively, with appropriate procedures put in place for minor areas identified for improvement.
Succession planning
The Board comprises a team of four Executive Directors,two ofwhom were co-founders ofthe Company, complemented by Non-Executive Directorswho have wide business experience and skills as well as a detailed understanding of the Group's philosophy and strategy. Continuity of experience and knowledge, particularly of self storage, within the executive team is particularly important in a focussed long-term business such as Big Yellow.
It is a key responsibility of the Committee to advise the Board on succession planning. The Committee ensures that any future changes in the Board's composition are foreseen and effectivelymanaged. In the event of unforeseen changes,the Committee ensures thatmanagement and oversight ofthe Group's business and long-term strategy will not be affected.
The Committee also addresses the development and continuity of the Senior Management team below Board level.
Policy on diversity
All aspects of diversity, including gender are considered at every level of recruitment. All appointments to the Board are made on merit. The Board's policy states thatthe Board seeks a compositionwith the right balance of skills and diversity tomeetthe demands ofthe business.The Board considers itis important to increase the representation ofwomen on the Board, and intends to increase the proportion ofwomen on the Board in themediumtermbut does not consider that quotas are appropriate and has therefore chosen notto settargets. Gender diversity ofthe Board and Company is set out below (senior management are defined to be Heads of Department):
| Male | Female | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Board | 8 | 1 | 9 |
| Senior Management | 6 | 5 | 11 |
| All employees | 207 | 151 | 358 |
Directors standing for re-election
All of the Directors will retire in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code and will offer themselves for re-election at the Annual General Meeting.
Following a performance appraisal process, the Board has concluded that the Directors retiring by rotation are effective, committed to their roles and operate as effective members of the Board.
The Board, on the advice of the Committee, therefore recommends the re-election of each Director standing for re-election. Full biographical details of each Director are available on page 56.
Tim Clark
Nominations Committee Chairman
Remuneration Report
Year ended 31 March 2016
INTRODUCTION
This report is on the activities of the Remuneration Committee for the period from 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016. It sets out a summary of the Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy")whichwas approved by shareholders in July 2015 and remuneration details forthe Executive and Non-Executive Directors ofthe Company. It has been prepared in accordancewith Schedule 8 ofthe Large andMedium-size Companies and Groups (Accounts and Report) Regulations 2013 (the "Regulations").
The report is divided into three main areas:
- > the annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman;
- > the summary of the approved Policy; and
- > the annual report on Directors' remuneration.
The Companies Act 2006 requires the auditor to report to the shareholders on certain parts of the Remuneration Report and to state whether, in their opinion, those parts of the report have been properly prepared in accordance with the Regulations.The parts of the annual report on Directors' remuneration that are subjectto audit are indicated in the report.The annual statement by the Remuneration Committee Chairman and the summary ofthe approved Remuneration Policy are not subject to audit.
ANNUAL STATEMENT BY THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN
Dear Shareholder,
I amvery pleased to presentthe Directors' Remuneration Reportforthe year ended 31March 2016.This report has been prepared by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the Board.
Business conditions and Group performance in the year ended 31 March 2016
The business conditions and performance of the Group in the year ended 31 March 2016 are described more fully in the Chairman's Statement and the Operating and Financial Review of this Annual Report. In summary:
- > the business of the Group performed strongly;
- > in an improving economic environment, Big Yellow remained the clear UK brand leader in self storage and delivered occupancy, cash flow and earnings growth for the seventh year in a row;
- > revenue, cash flow and adjusted profit before tax increased by 20%, 31% and 24% respectively;
- > like-for-like occupancy was increased by 3.5 ppts;
- > the capital structure has been further strengthened with interest cover of 6.2 times;
- > the Group acquired land for development in key strategic locations in London; and
- > dividends are being increased by 15%.
Policy on executive remuneration
The policy ofthe Company is to ensure thatthe executive remuneration packages are designed to attract,motivate and retain Directors of high calibre and reward the Executive Directors for protecting and enhancing value for shareholders.
I am pleased that shareholders overwhelmingly approved the Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy") put forward at the July 2015 AGM which aimed to achieve these objectives. The remuneration decisions made by the Committee in the last year were informed by these principles and conformed with the Policy.The Policy aims to provide:
- > remuneration to the Directors which is fair to the Directors both generally and in the context of the remuneration of other staff of the Company and the returns to shareholders; and
- > a balance of short and long term incentives which provide a strong link between reward and individual and Group performance to align the interests of the Executive Directors with the interests of shareholders.
The Committee believes that the success of the remuneration policy is reflected in the length of service, stability and strong performance of the Executive Directorteam.Two ofthe Executive Directorswere founders ofthe Companywhile the othertwo have been Executive Directors for 17 years and nine years respectively.The Executive Directors have significantinterests in the shares ofthe Company, each in excess oftwo times base salary which is the Company's shareholding guideline for Executive Directors. The Executive Directors are interested in shares comprising approximately 9% of the share capital of the Company (including unvested share incentives held).
The Committee will continue to carry out periodic reviews of the Policy to ensure its relevance in light of changes to the business and wider market and will seek shareholder approval for any amendments. Having said that, the Committee does not intend to make any revisions at the 2016 AGM, to the Policy approved in 2015.
A summary of the approved Policy is provided in the Directors' Remuneration Policy section of the Directors' Remuneration Report and the full Policy is available online http://corporate.bigyellow.co.uk/investors/governance/remuneration-policy.aspx
Remuneration changes during the year
All of the changes in remuneration in the year ended 31 March 2016 were within the Policy.
Within the aggregate figure for Executive Director remuneration, the changes during the year were:
- > Base salary: increased by £30,000 (3%) of which the main change was an increase in the salary of one Director to reflect his progress in the role, the other increases were 2%, in line with increases provided to staff
- > Taxable benefits: increased by £1,000 (5%)
- > Annual bonus: was 12% of salary for the year(being in line with the average for all staff of the Company, and compared to 12.5% for the prior year) and reduced by £1,000 (1%).
- > Pension contributions: increased to 15% of base salary. This change, coupled with the increase in base salaries, led to an overall increase in pension contributions of £52,000 (55%).
- > Sharesave Scheme: one Director's Sharesave scheme vested in the year producing a gain of £14,000 (2015: two Directors' Sharesave Schemes vested producing a gain of £31,000 in total)
- > Long term incentives:
- > the 2012 award of shares granted under the LTIP vested as to 100% (representing a total gain of £1,959,000). As in the previous year, each of the Executive Directors was granted an award equal to 100% of base salary subject to performance conditions.The value of these awards was £985,000 – an increase of £30,000 (3%); and
- > awards were made under the 2015 Long Term Bonus Performance Plan ("LTBPP") in the year of £4.43 million (2015: no awards). The Remuneration Committee reviewed the performance targets forthe year and concluded thatthe awards underthe Plan have provisionally vested at 90% in respect ofthe year ended 31March 2016.There are a furthertwo years performance onwhich the LTBPP is assessed before any awards vest.
In considering the relative importance of the spend on pay (see page 79):
- > Total employee pay: increased by 15%, largely due to the acquisition of Big Yellow Limited Partnership in December 2014 (and amounted to £15.1 million)
- > Profit distributed by way of dividend: increased by 31% (and amounted to £36.4 million)
- > Retained profit for the year: decreased by 3% (and amounted to £75.6 million)
More details of the remuneration of the Directors in the year ended 31 March 2016 are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration section of the Remuneration Report.
AGM
I hope that, at the Annual General meeting in July, you will support the advisory resolution on the remuneration paid to the Directors in the last financial year set out in the Annual Remuneration Report section of this Remuneration Report.
Tim Clark
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
REPORT ON DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION POLICY
This section of the Remuneration Report contains a summary of the Company's Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy") which governs the Company's approach to remuneration.The Policy was approved by shareholders at the Company's AGM in July 2015 and is applicable for a period of three years, unless shareholder approval is sought within that period to amend the Policy.
Itis the policy ofthe Company to ensure thatthe executive remuneration packages are designed to attract, motivate and retain Directors of a high calibre and reward the executives for enhancing value to shareholders.
The Committee deals with all aspects of remuneration of the Executive Directors including:
- > setting salaries;
- > agreeing conditions and coverage of annual incentive schemes and long term incentives;
- > policy and scope for pension arrangements;
- > determining targets for performance related schemes;
- > scope and content of service contracts; and
- > deciding the extent of compensation (if any) on termination of service contracts.
The Committee's members are currently Tim Clark (Committee Chairman), Richard Cotton, Georgina Harvey, Steve Johnson and Mark Richardson.
The Remuneration Committee's Terms of Reference are available on the Company website.The Committee met three times during the year.
Summary of the Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy")
The main components of the Policy and how they are linked to and support the Company's business strategy are summarised below.
The full policy which was approved by shareholders in July 2015 is available on the Company's website at www.corporate.bigyellow.co.uk/investors.aspx. This includes details of policy regarding target setting; remuneration arrangements for new appointments; payments for loss of office; and other matters.
| Element | Operation of element | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Salary, Benefits and Pension |
Salaries are reviewed annually and typically set on 1 April after considering the salary levels in companies of a similar size and complexity in the FTSE 250. |
||||
| To provide a level of fixed compensation |
When considering any increases to base salaries in the normal course (as opposed to a change in role or responsibility), the Committee will take into consideration: |
||||
| that can attract and retain talent required to successfully deliver on our business strategy. |
> level of skill, experience, scope of responsibilities and performance; > business performance, economic climate and market conditions; > increases provided to Executive Directors in comparable companies; and > pay and employment conditions of employees throughout the Group, including increases provided to staff; and > inflation. |
||||
| Our overall policy is normally to target salaries at close to (but generally below) median levels. | |||||
| Base salaries are intended to increase in line with inflation and general employee increases in salary; higher increases may applicable if there is a change in role, level of responsibility or experience or if the individual is new to the role. |
|||||
| The level of benefits provided is reviewed annually to ensure they remain market competitive. Benefits currently include: private fuel, private medical insurance, permanent health insurance and life assurance. |
|||||
| The maximum contribution to an Executive Director's pension or salary supplement is 20% of gross basic salary. Executive Directors currently receive a contribution of 15% of salary. |
|||||
| Annual bonus | Maximum opportunity of 25% of salary with 10% of salary payable at target and 0% payable at threshold. | ||||
| To provide cash awards which aligns reward to key Group strategic objectives and drives short term performance. |
Payments are directly linked to store performance which is measured based on occupancy growth and net contribution, customer satisfaction and store standards. |
||||
| Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") |
LTIP maximum grant is 100% of salary per annum with grants normally made at the maximum. Awards will vest at the end of a three year performance period subject to: |
||||
| To align Executive Directors' interests with those of shareholders and rewards value |
> EPS (70% of award) which provides a link to earnings growth and value creation in the Company; and > Relative TSR (30% of award) which provides a link to delivering returns in excess of companies in the FTSE Real Estate Index. The LTIP contains clawback and malus provisions. |
||||
| creation. |
Summary of the Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy")(continued)
| Element | Operation of element | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Long Term Bonus Performance Plan To ensure that the |
The total maximum incentive value awarded across all four Executive Directors will not exceed 4 x 450% of base salary (over a three year performance period); however each individual will have the potential to be awarded a maximum of 675% of base salary (so long as the total maximum is not exceeded). |
|||
| total remuneration package is more |
Vesting depends on an annual assessment of performance (over three years but reviewed annually) against a series of financial and non-financial targets aligned with the annual business plan. |
|||
| competitive, supports the Company's strategy |
The value accrued to participants may be subject to clawback if subsequent performance reflects adversely on achievement of the targets.The LTBPP also contains malus provisions. |
|||
| and its ability to react to changing |
A further holding period will apply to 50% of the award, such that 25% will be released one year after vesting, and the remaining 25% will be released two years after vesting, so that the full release of vested entitlements takes place over five years. |
|||
| economic and business circumstances. |
Within the constraints of business confidentiality, performance measures for each year are disclosed in the corresponding Annual Report on Remuneration – the information for this year can be found on page 74. |
|||
| Sharesave Scheme | This HMRC approved scheme allows employees to align their interests with those of investors and also to share in the long-term | |||
| To encourage share ownership by all employees. |
success of the Company.The annual allowance for investing in the Sharesave scheme is £6,000. | |||
| Shareholding policy | Requirement to build and maintain a holding of at least 200% of salary in shares of the Company, through retaining at least 50% | |||
| Ensures that Executive Directors' interests are aligned with shareholders' over a longer time period. |
of shares vesting in share plans if this guideline has not been met. | |||
| Non-Executive Director Fees |
Fee levels are normally reviewed annually in March and are set at broadly median levels for comparable roles at companies of a similar size and complexity within the FTSE250. |
|||
| Provides a level | Fees are intended to rise in line with inflation. | |||
| of fees to support recruitment and retention of Non-Executive Directors with the necessary experience to advise and assist with establishing and monitoring the Group's strategic objectives. |
The fees may be paid in the form of shares. |
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
Illustrations of application of the Policy
The graph below seeks to demonstrate how pay varies with performance for the Executive Directors based on the Policy approved by shareholders. This is based on pay for the year ending 31 March 2017.
| Element | Description |
|---|---|
| Fixed | Total amount of salary, pension and benefits. |
| Annual variable | Money or other assets received or receivable for the reporting period as a result of the achievement of performance conditions that relate to that period (i.e. annual bonus payments). |
| Multiple period variable |
Money or other assets received or receivable for multiple reporting periods as a result of the achievement of performance conditions over a given period under the LTIP and LTBPP. For the purposes of these charts, the LTBPP is represented by one-third of the potential vesting as it is granted once every three years.This provides a better comparison from year to year and against other companies. |
Assumptions used in determining the level of pay out under given scenarios are as follows:
| Element | Description |
|---|---|
| Minimum | Fixed pay only (no variable payments under annual bonus and Company's LTIP or LTBPP). |
| On-target | 40% of annual bonus award being paid (ie 10% of basic salary), 50% vesting of the LTIP and 50% vesting of the annualised value of the three year LTBPP. |
| Maximum | 100% of annual bonus award being paid (ie 25% of basic salary) and 100% vesting of the LTIP, one-third of 100% vesting of the three year LTBPP. |
Multi-period variable Annual variable Fixed elements
Operations Director CFO
Consideration of shareholders' views
The Group is committed to ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interestin voting outcomes.Where there are substantial votes againstresolutions in relation to Directors'remuneration,the reasons forthat votingwill be sought and any actions in responsewill be detailed here.There have been no significant issues raised by shareholders in respect of remuneration in the year.
The table below shows the advisory vote on the 2015 Remuneration Report and the binding vote on the Remuneration Policy at the AGM held on 21 July 2015.
| Votes for | % | Votes Against | % | Votes withheld | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2015 Remuneration Report | 120,266,913 | 98.00 | 2,459,349 | 2.00 | 2,463,155 |
| 2015 Remuneration Policy | 124,032,466 | 99.22 | 979,331 | 0.78 | 177,620 |
The views of our shareholders are very importantto us and the Remuneration Committee considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGMeach year atits first meeting following the AGM.This feedback, aswell as any additional feedback received during any other meetingswith shareholders throughout the year, is then considered as part of the Company's annual review of remuneration policy.
The Remuneration Committee notes that shareholders do not speakwith a single voice, butwe engagewith ourlargest shareholders to ensurewe understand the range of views which exist on remuneration issues. When any material changes are proposed to the Policy, the Remuneration Committee chairman will inform major shareholders in advance, and will offer a meeting to discuss these.
This policy report was approved by the Board of Directors on 23 May 2016 and signed on its behalf by
Tim Clark
Remuneration Committee Chairman
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This section of the Remuneration Report contains details of how the Directors' Remuneration Policy ("the Policy") was implemented during the year ended 31March 2016. Note that the whole Annual Report is not subject to Audit – the regulations specify individual sections of this report which are required by the Regulators to be subject to audit are:
- > Single figure table and notes;
- > Scheme interests awarded during the financial year;
- > Payments to past Directors;
- > Payments for loss of office; and
- > Statement of Directors' shareholding and share interests.
Single total figure of remuneration
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration and breakdown for each Executive Director paid in the year ended 31 March 2016.The figures have been calculated in accordancewith the remuneration disclosure regulations (The Large andMedium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013).
| Salary £ |
Taxable benefits £ |
Annual bonus £ |
Long term incentives £ |
Pensions £ |
£ | Sharesave Scheme | Total £ |
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March 2016 |
2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 |
| Nicholas Vetch | 264,500 | 259,300 | 4,081 | 3,960 | 31,740 | 32,412 | 548,680 1,071,925 | 39,675 | 25,930 | – | – | 888,676 1,393,527 | ||
| James Gibson | 290,100 | 284,400 | 4,681 | 4,676 | 34,812 | 35,550 | 601,738 1,403,224 | 43,515 | 28,440 | 13,965 | – | 988,811 1,756,290 | ||
| Adrian Lee | 215,000 | 210,600 | 4,041 | 3,765 | 25,800 | 26,325 | 404,353 | 952,137 | 32,250 | 21,060 | – | 15,250 | 681,444 1,229,137 | |
| John Trotman | 215,000 | 200,000 | 2,227 | 1,866 | 25,800 | 25,000 | 404,353 | 952,137 | 32,250 | 20,000 | – | 15,250 | 679,630 1,214,253 | |
| Total | 984,600 | 954,300 | 15,030 | 14,267 | 118,152 | 119,287 1,959,124 4,379,423 | 147,690 | 95,430 | 13,965 | 30,500 3,238,561 5,593,207 |
Taxable benefits comprise medical cover, permanent health insurance, life insurance and private fuel usage. James Gibson receives a cash supplementin lieu of pension contributions.
The value shown in long term incentives in the current year is the LTIP award granted in 2012which vested on 11 July 2015 to 100% of its maximum value and is valued using the share price on that date of 651.5p.The award granted for 2016 is 100% of salary for each Executive Director.
The average salary increase across the Group in the year was 2%.The Executive Directors increases were also 2%, with the exception of John Trotman (7.5%). The salary increase for John Trotman reflects the previously explained strategy of the Committee to bring his salary in line with Adrian Lee's salary, which has been achieved as of the year to 31 March 2016. Future increases for John Trotman are expected to be in line with the increases provided to other Executive Directors.
The value shown for the Sharesave Scheme is the value of the shares under option at vesting less each Director's contributions to the scheme.
Annual Bonus Plan awards
The policy of the Company is that the bonus paid to the Executive Directors is the same as the average of the bonus awards (as a % of salary) paid to the 71 stores on achieving their targets during the course of the year.
In respect ofthe year underreview,the Executive Directors' performancewas carefully reviewed by the Committee, in consultationwith the Executive Chairman in respect of the other Executive Directors.
The Committee determined that a bonus should be paid to the Executive Directors and therefore a bonus of 12% of salary in the year was made. This is the same as the average of the bonus awards paid to the stores based on their achievement of their targets during the course of the year.
Theweighting ofthe measures in bonus plan forthe stores, details ofthe targets and the process of assessment againstthese are provided in the table below.
| Measure | Weighting | Details |
|---|---|---|
| Occupancy and net contribution |
70% | > Each store is set a quarterly target for occupancy and net contribution. > The weighting of the contribution of each of these metrics to the bonus varies based on store occupancy, with higher occupied stores having a greater weighting towards their performance against net contribution. > The bonus awarded to each store increases as the store moves further ahead of target. No bonus is awarded if the store fails to meet its target. |
| Customer satisfaction | 20% | > Based on achievement against net promoter score targets setfor each store and individual customer service awards achieved for each store. |
| Store standards | 10% | > Based on internal audit compliance score, forwhich stores receive a bonus ifthey pass the threshold score of 85%. |
| Total | 100% |
The targets for each ofthe 71 stores have not been disclosed in the table as they are commercially sensitive.The Company provides fullretrospective disclosure of the performance measures, targets and performance against targets for the LTBPP which is assessed on an annual basis against targets set in relation to the Group's business plan and Group-wide KPIs.This can be found on page 74.
The performance in the year resulted in a bonus of 12% of salary which equated to the following payments for the Executive Directors:
- > Nicholas Vetch £31,740
- > James Gibson £34,812
- > Adrian Lee £25,800
- > John Trotman £25,800
Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") awards
The awards granted under the LTIP are subject to performance conditions to be met over a performance period of three years. There is no retesting of performance conditions and, if they are not satisfied, the awards will lapse.
The performance conditions applicable to the LTIP which vested in the year are set out below. Vesting is conditional on the achievement of an underpin EPS growth of an average of 3% above RPI per annum.This hurdlewasmetforthe 2012 awards,with average growth in EPS of 16.3%, compared to RPI plus 3% of 6.1%.
The Committee assessed the extenttowhich the performance conditions have been satisfied forthe 2012 awardwhich vested in 2015,with the following results:
| Condition | Weighting | Threshold performance required |
Maximum performance required |
LTIP value for meeting threshold and maximum performance (% salary) |
Performance achieved |
Vesting % |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Relative TSR | 100% | Median of comparator group of real estate companies |
Upper quartile of the comparator group |
25% – 100% | 7 out of 34 in comparator group |
100% |
| Total | 100% | 100% |
LTIP awards granted in year ended 31 March 2016
The table below sets out the details of the long term incentive awards granted in the year ended 31 March 2016 where vesting will be determined according to the achievement of performance conditions that will be tested in future reporting periods.
| Director | Award type | Awards as a % of salary |
Face value of award(1) |
Percentage of award vesting at threshold performance |
Maximum percentage of face value that could vest |
Performance period end date |
Performance conditions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Nicholas Vetch | £264,500 | ||||||
| James Gibson | Annual cycle of | £290,100 | Adjusted EPS | ||||
| Adrian Lee | awards over nil cost options |
100% of salary | £215,000 | 25% | 100% | 21 July 2018 | growth and relative TSR |
| John Trotman | £215,000 |
(1) The face value of the award is calculated using the average share price three days prior to the grant date.
The performance conditions applicable to the awards granted in the year ended 31 March 2016 are set out below:
| Condition | Weighting | Threshold performance required |
Maximum performance required |
LTIP value for meeting threshold and maximum performance (% salary) |
Basis for measurement |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Relative TSR | 30% | Median of comparator group of real estate companies |
Upper quartile of the comparator group |
25% to 100% | Average of the Group's closing mid-market share price over the three months preceding the start of the performance period and preceding the end of the performance period will be used. |
| Adjusted EPS | 70% | Adjusted EPS growth of RPI+3% per annum |
Adjusted EPS growth of RPI+8% per annum |
25% to 100% | The adjusted EPS figure reported in the audited results ofthe Group forthe last complete financial year ending before the start ofthe performance period and the last complete financial year ending before the end ofthe performance periodwill be used. |
| Total | 100% |
Between threshold and maximum performance, vesting will take place on a straight-line basis.
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
Long Term Bonus Performance Plan
The following awards were made during the year under the LTBPP:
| Director | Award type | Awards as a % of salary at the time of grant |
Face value of award |
Percentage of award vesting at threshold performance |
Maximum percentage of face value that could vest |
Performance period end date |
Performance conditions |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Nicholas V etch James Gibson Adrian Lee John Trotman |
Granted every three years, award converts to nil cost options on vesting. |
377% 496% 464% 464% |
£996,900 £1,440,000 £996,900 £996,900 |
0% | 100% | 31 March 2018 | Assessed annually on a basket of measures |
The performance targets for the LTBPP are not disclosed for the year ahead, given the commercially sensitive nature of a number of the targets (which are derived from the Group's business plan). Shortly after the end of each year, the Committee assesses the key targets and the extent to which management has been able to meet these targets for that year and reports on this assessment (excluding any that are still commercially sensitive).The targets are only adjusted during the year if material events occur that necessitate a change to the business plan.The report on the targets for the year ended 31 March 2016 (other than those which remain commercially sensitive)is summarised in the table below:
| Objective | Committee Comment |
|---|---|
| Grow the Group's annual free cash flow for the year to 31 March 2016 to | The Group's free cash flow for the year to 31 March 2016 was £55.5 million, |
| £51.6 million from £42.4 million in the year to 31 March 2015. | an increase of 31% from the prior year. |
| Complete the drawdown of the M&G loan in June and repay the interim | The M&G loan was drawn as planned on 29 June 2015 and the interim |
| Lloyds facility. | Lloyds facility repaid on that date. |
| Additionally, in August 2015, the Group completed a further refinancing of the Group bank debt, extending its maturity to October 2020, with an option for a further year, whilst reducing the bank margin by 25bps.The Group also put in place an accordion of £80 million to give the flexibility to fund future expansion through bank debt. |
|
| Comply with all banking covenants and maintain a net worth in excess of | All banking covenants were complied with during the year. Net worth has |
| £750 million. | grown by £78.5 million to £829.4 million. |
| Grow the occupancy of the stores open at 31 March 2015 from 73.2% to | The occupancy of the like for like stores at 31 March 2016 was 76.7%, |
| 78.2% by 30 September 2015, and following the seasonal occupancy loss in | representing growth of 3.5 percentage points from 31 March 2015.The |
| the third quarter, recover to this level by 31 March. | occupancy at 30 September 2015 was 77.3%. |
| Grow the average net rent per square foot across the wholly owned stores | The net rent per sq ft at 31 March 2016 was £25.90, an increase of 2.7% |
| from £25.23 per square foot by 2% to £25.73 by 31 March 2016. | from 31 March 2015. |
| Meet budgeted revenue (£101.1 million) and profit before tax | Revenue for the full year was £101.4 million, and adjusted PBT was |
| (£49.0 million)targets. | £49.0 million, ahead of, and in line with budget respectively. |
| Maintain the Group's online market share measured against the top | The Group's average market share over the course of the financial year was |
| 35 self storage operators by Connexity Hitwise, at 35% to 38%. | 37%.The nearest competitor had a market share of 17% for the year. |
| Reviewpotential sites (in London and key targettowns outside of London) for store acquisitionwith a viewof acquiring atleast one newsite in the year. |
The Group has acquired a site in Kings Cross, which was a key strategic target location. In addition, the Group has acquired a site in Camberwell, which will complement existing stores in Kennington and New Cross. |
| Construct Cambridge on time and on budget, with the store due to open in January 2016. |
The storewas constructed on budget, and opened as planned in January 2016. |
| Obtain a place in the Sunday Times Best 100 Companies to work for. | Big Yellow earned a two star accreditation and ranked 80th in the Sunday Times Best 100 Companies to work for. |
| Sell the surplus land at Manchester during the year. | The Group sold the surplus land at its Manchester site for £8 million during the year. Discussions are ongoing with the Planning Authority in respect of the Big Yellow store on the remaining land. |
| Reduce the carbon intensity for the year to 31 March 2016 (KgCO2/m2 of occupied space) by 5% from the year to 31 March 2015. |
Carbon intensity was reduced by 16% for the year to 31 March 2016. |
The other targets, covering areas such as real estate, staffing and certain financial targets, were met in all material respects.
Following careful consideration of the performance targets and actual performance of the Group and the Executive Directors, the Committee has concluded that the award in respect of the financial year ended 31 March 2016 has provisionally vested as to 90% of its potential amount for the year.
Sharesave Scheme
The Group's Sharesave Scheme is open to all UK employees (including Executive Directors) with a minimum of six months' service and meets UK HMRC approval requirements, thus giving all eligible employees the opportunity to acquire shares in the Company in a tax efficient manner.Three of the Executive Directors participated in the scheme during the financial year.The details of the Sharesave scheme options are shown on page 77.
Pension entitlements
The Company pays pension contributions into the Executive Directors' personal pension plans or makes a cash contribution in lieu of pension contributions. They do not participate in any defined benefit scheme. Forthe year ended 31March 2016,the Company contributionwas 15% of salary forthe Executive Directors.
Payments to past Directors
No payments ofmoney or any other assetsweremade to any former Director ofthe Company in the financial year ended 31March 2016 (2015: no payments).
Payments on loss of office
No payments were made to any Directors in respect of loss of office during the financial year ended 31 March 2016 (2015: no payments).
Non-Executive Directors
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration and breakdown for each Non-Executive Director paid in the year ended 31 March 2016.
| Fees £ |
Taxable benefits £ |
Total £ |
||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | 2016 | 2015 | |
| Tim Clark | 42,800 | 41,900 | – | – | 42,800 | 41,900 |
| Richard Cotton | 40,100 | 39,300 | – | – | 40,100 | 39,300 |
| Georgina Harvey | 37,600 | 36,800 | – | – | 37,600 | 36,800 |
| Steve Johnson | 37,600 | 36,800 | – | – | 37,600 | 36,800 |
| Mark Richardson | 40,100 | 39,300 | – | – | 40,100 | 39,300 |
| Total | 198,200 | 194,100 | – | – | 198,200 | 194,100 |
Non-Executive Director fees were increased by 2% for the year ended 31 March 2016.
Implementation of the Policy
The main elements of Executive Director remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2016 and the forthcoming financial year are summarised below:
| Element | Implementation in 2015/16 | Implementation in 2016/17 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Base salary | Salary levels for Executive Directors: | Salary levels for Executive Directors: | ||
| > Executive Chairman: £264,500 > Chief Executive: £290,100 > Operations Director: £215,000 > Chief Financial Officer: £215,000 |
> Executive Chairman: £269,800 > Chief Executive: £296,000 > Operations Director: £219,300 > Chief Financial Officer: £219,300 |
|||
| Salaries were increased by 2% from the 2014/15 salaries with the exception of Chief Financial Officer who received a 7.5% increase to bring his salary in line with the Operations Director. Increases for the wider employee population were 2%. |
Salaries were increased by 2% from the 2015/16 salaries. Increases were made in accordance with the Policy. Increases for the wider employee population were 2%. |
|||
| Benefits and Pension | Contribution of 15% of salary made into Executive Directors personal pension plan, or a cash supplement of equivalent value paid in lieu of pension contribution. |
No change | ||
| Annual bonus | Maximum opportunity of 25% of salary. | No change | ||
| Assessed on stores' performance against our Key Performance Indicators: > Occupancy and net contribution together represented 70% of the bonus > Customer satisfaction (20%) > Store standards (10%) |
The Committee is of the opinion that further disclosure of targets for the bonus plan are commercially sensitive, and that it would be detrimental to disclose them at this time of the financial year. Performance against the targets will be disclosed at the end of the performance period. |
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
Implementation of the Policy (continued)
| Element | Implementation in 2015/16 | Implementation in 2016/17 |
|---|---|---|
| Long Term Incentive Plan |
Maximum opportunity of 100% of salary, with grants of 100% of salary for each of the Executive Directors. |
No change |
| These awards were granted with the following performance conditions: |
||
| > 70% adjusted EPS – adjusted EPS growth of RPI+3% for 25% of this element of the award to vest with full vesting occurring for adjusted EPS growth of RPI+8% p.a.; > 30% – relative TSR performance vs. FTSE Real Estate Index with 25% ofthis element ofthe award vesting formedian TSR comparative performance and full vesting at upper quartile. |
||
| Long Term Bonus Performance Plan |
The following awards as a % of salary were made to the Executive Directors under this plan: > Executive Chairman – 377% > Chief Executive – 496% > Operations Director – 464% > Chief Financial Officer – 464% |
No awards will be made this year as awards are granted every three years. |
| The assessment of targets for the 2015/16 year end can be found on page 74. |
Non-Executive Directors
| Executive | 2015/16 fee | 2016/17 fee | % increase |
|---|---|---|---|
| Tim Clark | £42,800 | £43,700 | 2% |
| Richard Cotton | £40,100 | £41,000 | 2% |
| Georgina Harvey | £37,600 | £38,400 | 2% |
| Steve Johnson | £37,600 | £38,400 | 2% |
| Mark Richardson | £40,100 | £41,000 | 2% |
Fees retained for external non-executive directorships
The Executive Directors' contracts do not allow them to engage in any other business outside the Group except where prior written consent from the Board is received. The Company recognises that Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies and that this can help broaden the skills and experience of a Director. Executive Directors are normally permitted to accept external appointments with the approval of the Board and may retain the fees for the appointment.
Nicholas Vetch is a Non-Executive Director ofThe Local Shopping REIT plc for which he receives a fee of £30,000 per annum. James Gibson is a Non-Executive Director of AnyJunk Limited and of Moby Self Storage in Brazil; he does not receive any fees for his services.
Statement of Directors' shareholding
The Executive Directors are required to build and maintain a holding of 200% of base salary. These requirements have been met by all Executive Directors during the year. Non-Executive Directors are not subject to a shareholding requirement. Details of the Directors' interests in shares are set out below (all interests are beneficial interests).
No changes took place in the interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company between 31 March 2016 and the date of this report.
The table below shows, in relation to each Director, the total number of shares and share options in which they have an interest.The LTBPP awards shown in the table below are calculated by reference to the total award value divided by the Company's share price at 31 March 2016.
| Director | Share ownership requirement (% of salary) |
Share ownership requirements met |
Beneficially owned shares |
LTIP awards subject to performance conditions |
LTBPP awards subject to performance conditions |
Unexercised Sharesave options |
Options exercised in the financial year |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Nicholas Vetch | 200% | Yes (25,842%) | 9,002,397 | 148,845 | 128,715 | – | 169,064 |
| James Gibson | 200% | Yes (7,118%) | 2,479,700 | 163,251 | 185,926 | 1,480 | 217,882 |
| Adrian Lee | 200% | Yes (2,383%) | 830,435 | 117,773 | 128,715 | 2,960 | 146,911 |
| John Trotman | 200% | Yes (415%) | 144,658 | 115,710 | 128,715 | 3,639 | 146,911 |
| Richard Cotton | N/a | N/a | 73,485 | – | – | – | – |
| Mark Richardson | N/a | N/a | 27,225 | – | – | – | – |
| Tim Clark | N/a | N/a | 18,652 | – | – | – | – |
| Steve Johnson | N/a | N/a | 10,000 | – | – | – | – |
| Georgina Harvey | N/a | N/a | 13,013 | – | – | – | – |
Directors' share options
To provide further context on the shareholding of Directors, options in respect of ordinary shares for Directors who served in the year are as below:
| Name | Date option granted |
Scheme | No. of shares under option at 2015 |
Granted 31 March during the year |
Exercised during the year |
Lapsed during the year |
No. of shares under option at 31 March 2016 |
Exercise price |
Market price at date of exercise |
Date from which first exercisable |
Expiry Date |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Nicholas Vetch | 11 July 2012 | LTIP | 84,218 | – | (84,218) | – | – | nil p | 704.5p | 11 July 2015 | 10 July 2022 |
| 22 July 2013 | LTIP | 60,266 | – | – | – | 60,266 | nil p | – | 22 July 2016 | 21 July 2023 | |
| 29 July 2014 | LTIP | 50,467 | – | – | – | 50,467 | nil p | – | 29 July 2017 | 28 July 2024 | |
| 21 July 2015 | LTIP | – | 38,112 | – | – | 38,112 | nil p | – | 21 July 2018 | 20 July 2025 | |
| James Gibson | 11 July 2012 | LTIP | 92,362 | – | (92,362) | – | – | nil p | 696.5p | 11 July 2015 | 10 July 2022 |
| 18 March 2013 | SAYE | 2,965 | – | (2,965) | – | – | 303.5p | 774.5p | 31 March 2016 1 October 2016 | ||
| 22 July 2013 | LTIP | 66,098 | – | – | – | 66,098 | nil p | – | 22 July 2016 | 21 July 2023 | |
| 29 July 2014 | LTIP | 55,352 | – | – | – | 55,352 | nil p | – | 29 July 2017 | 28 July 2024 | |
| 21 July 2015 | LTIP | – | 41,801 | – | – | 41,801 | nil p | – | 21 July 2018 | 20 July 2025 | |
| 14 March 2016 | SAYE | – | 1,480 | – | – | 1,480 | 608.0p | – | 31 March 2019 1 October 2019 | ||
| Adrian Lee | 11 July 2012 | LTIP | 62,065 | – | (62,065) | – | – | nil p | 696.5p | 11 July 2015 | 10 July 2022 |
| 22 July 2013 | LTIP | 45,804 | – | – | – | 45,804 | nil p | – | 22 July 2016 | 21 July 2023 | |
| 29 July 2014 | LTIP | 40,989 | – | – | – | 40,989 | nil p | – | 29 July 2017 | 28 July 2024 | |
| 21 July 2015 | LTIP | – | 30,980 | 30.980 | nil p | – | 21 July 2018 | 20 July 2025 | |||
| 14 March 2016 | SAYE | – | 2,960 | – | – | 2,960 | 608.0p | – | 31 March 2019 1 October 2019 | ||
| John Trotman | 11 July 2012 | LTIP | 62,065 | – | (62,065) | – | – | nil p | 696.5p | 11 July 2015 | 10 July 2022 |
| 22 July 2013 | LTIP | 45,804 | – | – | – | 45,804 | nil p | – | 22 July 2016 | 21 July 2023 | |
| 29 July 2014 | LTIP | 38,926 | – | – | 38,926 | nil p | – | 29 July 2017 | 28 July 2024 | ||
| 16 March 2015 | SAYE | 3,639 | – | – | – | 3,639 | 494.6p | – | 31 March 2018 1 October 2018 | ||
| 21 July 2015 | LTIP | – | 30,980 | – | – | 30,980 | nil p | – | 21 July 2018 | 20 July 2025 |
Remuneration Report (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
Performance and pay
The graph below shows the Group's performance, measured by TSR, compared with the performance of the FTSE All Share Real Estate Index and the FTSE All Share Index since the Company's flotation in 2000.The FTSE All Share Real Estate Index is used for the assessment of the Company's LTIP.
CEO Remuneration
The table below sets out the details of remuneration of the CEO over the past seven financial years.
| Year | CEO single figure of total remuneration (£) |
Annual bonus pay out % against maximum of 25% of salary |
Long term incentive vesting rates against maximum opportunity % |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 | 988,811 | 48% (12% of salary) | 100% |
| 2015 | 1,756,290 | 50% (12.5% of salary) | 98% |
| 2014 | 536,262 | 40% (10% of salary) | 53% |
| 2013 | 335,891 | 40% (10% of salary) | 0% |
| 2012 | 1,400,570 | 40% (10% of salary) | 89% |
| 2011 | 325,968 | 40% (10% of salary) | 0% |
| 2010 | 875,593 | 40% (10% of salary) | 100% |
The single figure of remuneration for 2015 and 2012 are higher than in other years due to the vesting of the three year Long Term Bonus Performance Plan in those years delivering a reward of £945,750 (97% vesting) and £900,000 (90% vesting)respectively for the three year period ended in that year.
Percentage increase in the CEO's remuneration
The table below compares the percentage increase in the CEO's remuneration (including salary, fees, benefits and annual bonus) with the remuneration of Big Yellow Group employees.
| % increase in remuneration in 2016 compared with 2015 |
||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CEO | Employees | |||
| Salary and fees | 2% | 2% | ||
| All taxable benefits | 0% | 1% | ||
| Annual bonuses | (2%) | (2%) | ||
| Total | 2% | 2% |
Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Committee reviews the reward and retention of the whole employee population periodically throughout the year to ensure that it can attract and retain top talent. Particular consideration is given to the general basic salary increase, remuneration arrangements and employment conditions. Furthermore, the Annual Bonus Plan award for Executive Directors is directly linked to the bonuses award to all staff.
The Directors are invited to be present at this review of the proposals for salary increase for the employee population generally and on any other changes to remuneration policy within the Company. The information presented at this review is taken into consideration when setting the pay levels of the executive population. Additionally, the Committee has guidelines for the grant of all LTIP awards across the Company and responsibility for approving the total annual bonus cost of the Company.The Company does not invite employees to comment on the remuneration of Directors.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The graph below sets out the relative importance of spend on pay in the year ended 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015 compared with other disbursements from profit, being the distributions to shareholders and retained earnings (comprehensive gain for the year less dividends).
Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
The Committee consults with the Executive Chairman, Nicholas Vetch, about proposals on a range of matters relating to the remuneration of the Executive Directors including the levels of overall remuneration, salary and bonus and awards and distributions under the share incentive and bonus plans.
The Committee relies upon remuneration data provided by PwC. In addition, PwC has provided advice to the Committee on the preparation of this report as well as on market practice and trends. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK.
The Committee is satisfied that advice received from PwC during the year was objective and independent.
| Adviser | Appointed by | Services provided to the Committee in 2015/16 | Fees in relation to remuneration advice |
||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| PwC | Remuneration | Advice on vesting of 2012 LTBPP. | £21,000 | ||||
| Committee in 2008 | Advice on participant documentation for 2015 LTBPP. | ||||||
| Support in the drafting of the Directors' Remuneration Report. |
Audit Committee Report
INTRODUCTION
The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board from the Non-Executive Directors of the Group.The Audit Committee's terms of reference include all matters indicated by Disclosure and Transparency Rule 7.1 and the UK Corporate Governance Code. The terms of reference are considered annually by the Audit Committee and are then referred to the Board for approval.
The Audit Committee is responsible for:
- > monitoring the integrity ofthe financial statements ofthe Group and any formal announcements relating to the Group's financial performance and reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained therein;
- > reviewing the Group's internal financial controls and the Group's internal control and risk management systems, including consideration of the need for an internal audit function;
- > making recommendations to the Board for a resolution to be put to the shareholders for their approval in general meetings, on the appointment of the external auditor and the approval of the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor;
- > reviewing andmonitoring the external auditor's independence and objectivity and the effectiveness ofthe audit process,taking into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements; and
- > developing and implementing a policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account relevant guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the external audit firm.
The Audit Committee is required to report its findings to the Board, identifying any matters on which it considers that action or improvement is needed, and make recommendations on the steps to be taken.
This year, the Committee has continued to focus on the narrative reporting and corporate governance disclosures in the Annual Report.The Committee was asked by the Board to reviewthe statement by the Directors thatthe Annualreport presents a fair, balance and understandable viewofthe Group's performance, strategy and business model.
Mark Richardson
Audit Committee Chairman
Committee Members and Attendance
| Member | Position | Number of meetings attended |
|---|---|---|
| Tim Clark | Member | |
| Richard Cotton | Member | |
| Georgina Harvey | Member | |
| Steve Johnson | Member | |
| Mark Richardson | Chairman |
attended
The Audit Committee structure requires the inclusion of one financially qualified member (as recognised by the Consultative Committee of Accountancy Bodies). Currently Mark Richardson, as a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales, fulfils this requirement. All Audit Committee members are expected to be financially literate.
The Group provides an induction programme for new Audit Committee members and ongoing training to enable all of the Committee members to carry out their duties. The induction programme covers the role of the Audit Committee, its terms of reference and expected time commitment by members and an overview of the Group's business, including the main business and financial dynamics and risks. New Committee members also meet some of the Group's staff. Ongoing training includes attendance at formal conferences, internal company seminars and briefings by external advisers.
Meetings
The Audit Committee is required tomeetthree times per year and has an agenda linked to events in the Group's financial calendar.The agenda is predominantly cyclical and is therefore approved by the Audit Committee Chairman on behalf of his fellow members. Each Audit Committee member has the right to require reports on matters of interest in addition to the cyclical items.
The Audit Committee invites the Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, Financial Controller, and senior representatives of the external auditor to attend all of itsmeetings in full, although itreserves the rightto request any ofthese individuals towithdraw. Other seniormanagement are invited to present such reports as are required for the Committee to discharge its duties.
Overview of the actions taken by the Audit Committee to discharge its duties
Since the beginning of the financial year the Audit Committee has:
- > reviewed published financial information including the year end results, Annual Report, half year results and the Interim Management Statements;
- > considered whether the Annual Report provides a fair, balanced and understandable view of the Group's performance, strategy and business model;
- > assessed and concluded on the Group's viability statement;
- > considered the output from the Group-wide process used to identify, evaluate and mitigate risks;
- > reviewed the effectiveness of the Group's internal controls and disclosures made in the Annual Report and financial statements on this matter;
absent
Overview of the actions taken by the Audit Committee to discharge its duties (continued)
- > reviewed and agreed the scope of the audit work to be undertaken by the external auditor;
- > agreed the fees to be paid to the external auditor for their audit of the March 2016 financial statements and September half-yearly report;
- > considered and agreed the approach of performing Directors' valuations of investment properties for the half-year report;
- > undertaken an assessment ofthe qualification, expertise and resources, and independence ofthe external auditor and the effectiveness ofthe audit process;
- > considered the audit partner and audit firm rotation;
- > undertaken an evaluation of the performance of the external auditor;
- > considered the need for an internal audit function;
- > reviewed the arrangements for "whistleblowing" by employees to ensure that there is a consistent policy in the Group to enable employees to voice concerns particularly in respect of possible financial reporting improprieties. A whistleblowing policy is included in the employee handbook;
- > met the Group's external valuers;
- > met the Group's Store Compliance Manager;
- > reviewed the Audit Committee's Report; and
- > reviewed its own effectiveness.
Financial reporting and significant financial judgements
The Committee reviews all financial information published by the Group in year end and half-yearfinancial statements, including the presentation and disclosure of the financial information. It also considers the appropriateness of the accounting policies adopted by the Group and the accounting judgements made by management in the preparation of the financial information.
The Committee has considered whether the Annual Report for the year ended 31 March 2016 provides a fair, balance and understandable view of the Group's performance, strategy and businessmodel andwhetherit provides the necessary information to enable shareholders and prospective shareholders to assess the Group's performance, strategy and business model.The Committee is satisfied that the Annual Report for the year ended 31 March 2016 provides a fair, balanced and understandable viewand included the necessary information as set out above.The Committee has confirmed this to the Board,whose statement is included in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities on page 83.
The Committee focuses on matters it considers important in their impact on the reported results of the Group, and on matters where there is a high degree of complexity and/or judgement.
The key area of judgement that the Committee focuses on at the reporting date is the valuation of the investment property portfolio. This is carried out by independent external valuers, but by its nature it is subjective, with significant judgement applied to the valuation, particularly given the lack of transactional evidence for prime self storage assets.Members ofthe Committeemetthe external valuers to discuss the valuations,reviewthe key judgements and discussed whether there were any disagreements with management. This year the Committee reviewed and challenged the valuers on the cap rates, rental growth assumptions and stabilised occupancy levels, to agree on the appropriateness of the assumptions adopted.The Committee also challenged the valuers, and satisfied itself on,theirindependence,their quality control processes (including peer partnerreview) and qualifications to carry outthe valuations.Management also have processes in place to review the external valuations. In addition, the external auditors use specialists to review the valuations and report their findings and conclusions to the Audit Committee.
The Committee has also considered a number of other judgements made by managementin the preparation ofthe financial statements. It has concluded that there is not a significant level of judgements involved.
Management have reported to the Audit Committee that they are satisfied that they are not aware of any material misstatements in the financial statements. The auditors confirmed in their report to the Audit Committee that they had not found any material misstatements during their audit work.
Based on the above, the Committee concluded that the financial statements appropriately apply the key estimates and critical judgements, in respect of the disclosures and the amounts reported.The Committee also concluded that the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's performance, business model and strategy.
External auditor
The Audit Committee is responsible for the development, implementation and monitoring of the Group's policy on external audit.The policy assigns oversight responsibility for monitoring the independence, objectivity and compliance with ethical and regulatory requirements to the Audit Committee, and day-to-day responsibility to the Chief Financial Officer.The policy states that the external auditor is jointly responsible to the Board and the Audit Committee and that the Audit Committee is the primary contact.
To fulfil its responsibility regarding the independence of the external auditor, the Audit Committee reviewed:
- > the external auditor's plan for the current year, noting the role of the senior statutory audit partner, who signs the audit report and who, in accordance with professional rules, has not held office for more than five years, and any changes in the key audit staff;
- > the arrangements for day-to-day management of the audit relationship;
- > a report from the external auditor describing their arrangements to identify, report and manage any conflicts of interest;
- > the overall extent of non-audit services provided by the external auditor, in addition to its case-by-case approval of the position of non-audit services by the external auditor; and
- > the past service of the auditor who was first appointed in 2000.
Annual auditor assessment
The Audit Committee has adopted a formal framework in its review of the effectiveness of the external audit process and audit quality which include the following areas:
- > the arrangements for ensuring the external auditor's independence and objectivity;
- > the lead audit engagement partner and the audit team;
- > the external auditor's fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and variations from the plan;
- > the quality of the formal audit report to shareholders;
- > the robustness and perceptiveness of the auditor in his handling of the key accounting and audit judgements; and
- > the content of the external auditor's comments on control improvement recommendations.
Regard is paid to the nature of, and remuneration received, for other services provided by Deloitte LLP to the Group and, inter alia, confirmation is sought from them that the fee payable for the annual audit is adequate to enable them to perform their obligations in accordance with the scope of the audit. Where nonaudit services are provided, the fees are based on the work undertaken and are not success related.
The Committee considers that the relationship with the auditor is working well, and that they are effective in their role, and the audit process is working well with open dialogue and early discussion of judgements. As a consequence of its satisfactionwith the results ofthe activities outlined above,the Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that the external auditor is re-appointed.
Non-audit work
The Group's policy on external audit sets outthe categories of non-audit serviceswhich the external auditorwill andwill not be allowed to provide to the Group, including those that are pre-approved by the Audit Committee and those which require specific approval before they are contracted for, subjectto de minimis levels.They may not provide a service which places them in a position where they may be required to audit their own work. Specifically, they are precluded fromproviding services relating to bookkeeping, financial information systemdesign and implementation, appraisal or evaluation services, actuarial services, any management functions, investment banking services, legal services unrelated to the audit or advocacy services.
In respect of the year ended 31 March 2016, the auditor's remuneration comprised £186,000 for audit work and £113,000 for other work, principally relating to VAT and corporation tax work. In addition, over a three year rolling period, the level of non-audit fees is below the audit fee.
Audit rotation
The auditor, Deloitte LLP, has been in tenure since 2000 and the current audit partner has been in place since the audit of the 2013 financial statements.
The Committee has reviewed the performance ofthe external auditor and the audit process and is satisfied that currently Deloitte LLP provides an appropriate level of service delivered by a team with an in-depth understanding of our business. That said, the Committee is supportive of the new provision in the UK Code in respect of auditor rotation.The Committee's present intention therefore is that they will tender the external audit with a view to changing auditors at the end of the five year term of the current audit partner in 2017. There are no contractual obligations that act to restrict the Audit Committee's choice of external auditor.
The Company is in compliancewith the requirements ofthe Statutory Audit Services for Large CompaniesMarketInvestigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 and the Code.
Risk management and internal control
The Committee and the Board reviewed the internal control processes ofthe business and the Group's risk register during the year.The risks and uncertainties facing the Group, and its internal control processes are considered in the Strategic Report on page 34.
Internal audit
The Committee has considered the Board's viewthat, given the relatively straightforward nature ofthe Group's business and the control environmentin place, no formal internal audit function is required.The Committee concurs with management's view.
Overview
As a result of its work during the year, the Audit Committee has concluded that it has acted in accordance with its terms of reference and has ensured the independence and objectivity of the external auditor.
The Chairman of the Audit Committee will be available at the Annual General Meeting to answer any questions about the work of the Committee.
Approved by the Audit Committee and signed on its behalf by:
Mark Richardson Audit Committee Chairman 23 May 2016
Directors' responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
Company lawrequires the Directors to prepare such financial statements for each financial year. Underthatlawthe Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordancewith International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 ofthe IAS Regulation and have also chosen to prepare the parent Company financial statements under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. Under Company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period. In preparing these financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that the Directors:
- > properly select and apply accounting policies;
- > present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
- > provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance; and
- > make an assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors' responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
-
- the financial statements, prepared in accordancewith International Financial Reporting Standards give a true and fair viewofthe assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;
-
- the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and
-
- the Annual Report and financial statements,taken as awhole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board
James Gibson John Trotman 23 May 2016 23 May 2016
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
Independent auditor's report to the members of Big Yellow Group PLC
| Opinion on financial statements of | In our opinion: | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Big Yellow Group plc | > the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's and of the parent Company's affairs as at 31 March 2016 and of the Group's profit for the year then ended; > the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union; > the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and > the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. |
|||||
| The financial statements comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements and the related notes 1 to 34.The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. |
||||||
| Going concern and the Directors' assessment of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group |
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the Directors' statement regarding the appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting contained within note 2 to the financial statements and the Directors' statement on the longer-term viability of the Group contained within the Strategic Report on page 37. |
|||||
| We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: | ||||||
| > the Directors' confirmation on page 34 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; > the disclosures on pages 34 to 36 that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated; |
||||||
| > the Directors' statement in note 2 to the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group's ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements; |
||||||
| > the Directors' explanation on page 37 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. |
||||||
| We agreed with the Directors' adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not identify any such material uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. |
||||||
| Independence | We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council's Ethical Standards for Auditors and we confirm that we are independent of the Group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have not provided any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards. |
|||||
| Our assessment of risks of material misstatement |
The assessed risk of material misstatement described below is the one that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. |
| Investment property valuation | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Risk description | See also note 14 to the financial statements, and the Audit Committee's Report on pages 80 to 82. | |||||
| Refer to the accounting policies of the Group set out on page 96 and 97 for the Group's investment property valuation policy and the associated critical accounting estimate for determining fair value. |
||||||
| As at 31 March 2016, the Group held wholly-owned investment properties and investment properties under construction valued at £1,126.2 million (2015: £1,022.8 million) all located within the United Kingdom. |
||||||
| The Group also has minority investments in two associate entities (Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited and Armadillo Storage Company 2 Limited), together 'the Associates' for which equity accounting is applied.The Associates control a combined gross value of £57.7 million (2015: £53.3 million)in self storage assets, of which 20% is recognised by the Group. |
||||||
| Investment properties are held at fair value on the Group Consolidated Balance Sheet.The net valuation gain in the yearrelating to Group heldwholly-owned investment propertieswas £58.0million (2015: £64.5million),whichwas recognised through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. |
||||||
| The net valuation gain, included within the share of profit of associates, relating to the properties held by the Associates was £3.5 million (2015: £11.5 million) on a gross basis and therefore £0.7 million (2015: £2.3million) on a Group share basis. |
||||||
| Fair values are calculated using actual and forecast inputs such as: occupancy, capitalisation rates, maximum lettable area, operating expenses and net rent per square foot by property as at 31March 2016. In addition, external valuers apply professional judgement concerning market conditions and factors impacting individual properties. |
||||||
| We consider investment property valuation to be at significant risk of material misstatement as the valuation process is subjective and inherently judgemental in nature.The investment market for prime self storage, in particular, is subject to market uncertainty due to the low volume of transactions. |
||||||
| How the scope of our audit responded to the risk |
> We assessed the design and implementation ofthe key internal controls around the property valuation process; > We tested the integrity of the information provided to the external valuers by management by agreeing key inputs such as actual occupancy and net rent per square foot to underlying records and source evidence; > We modelled nine years of valuations and key valuation inputs of the investment properties subject to audit, to understand the historical trends of key inputs and compared these against the key forecast assumptions included in the property valuation; > We met with the external valuers covering both the Group and Associate portfolios and assessed their independence, the scope of the work they were requested to perform by management, quality control procedures in place internally and the valuation methodology applied; > We challenged the external valuers on the key assumptions applied and focussed on properties we identified as having significant or unusual valuation movements (compared to market data or previous periods). Our challenge was informed by input from our internal valuation specialists, utilising their knowledge and expertise in the market at a macro level and the relevant geographies to challenge the key judgmental inputs. We also researched comparable transactions and understood trends in analogous industries and utilised this information in our audit challenge. We understood the rationale for outlying valuations or movements and obtained corroborative evidence. We also assessed the valuations for a sample of other properties; and > We visited a sample of properties to assess the condition of the buildings and validate a sample of occupancy data inputs. |
Independent auditor's report to the members of Big Yellow Group PLC (continued)
| Investment property valuation | |
|---|---|
| Key observations | Management have recognised a £58.0 million uplift in the valuation as at 31 March 2016. During the course of the audit of the investment property valuation, we noted the following key observations: |
| > A portfolio wide reduction was applied to the capitalisation rate of each store in the valuation reflecting an improvement in investor appetite for self storage assets; and > An increase in the average stabilised occupancy rate has been applied to the portfolio.This reflects the increasing number of stores reaching occupancy levels above 80%. |
|
| We found the assumptions adopted by management in the valuation were reasonable and the methodology applied was appropriate in all material respects. |
|
| Last year our report included one risk which is not included in our report this year – fair value assessments in the acquisition of the Big Yellow Limited Partnership; this transaction completed during the prior year. |
|
| Our risk around investment property valuation was addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter. |
|
| Our application of materiality | We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work. |
| We determined materiality for the Group to be £7.9 million (2015: £6.9 million), based on professional judgment, the requirements of International Standards of Auditing and the financial measures most relevant to users of the financial statements.We have used 1.0% of net assets (2015: 1.0% of net assets) as the benchmark for determining materiality. We concluded that determining materiality based on net assets is consistent with industry peers, in particular real estate investment trusts, and because it reflects a measure of interest to investors. |
|
| Net Assets: £829.4m |
In addition to net assets, we consider adjusted profit before tax to be a critical financial performance measure for the Group on the basis that it is a key metric to analysts and investors and has substantial prominence in the Annual Report. Adjusted profit before tax is £49.0 million (2015: £39.4 million), which is reconciled to profit before tax of £112.2 million (2015: £105.2 million)in accordance with IFRS in note 10 of the financial statements. We applied a lower threshold of £2.3 million (2015: £1.9 million)for testing all balances impacting adjusted profit before tax.This lower threshold was based on 5% (2015: 5%) of adjusted profit before tax.
Materiality: £7.9m
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £400,000 (2015: £138,000), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We have re-assessed the appropriateness of this threshold since the prior year.
We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.
| Investment property valuation | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| An overview of the scope of our audit Our auditwas scoped by obtaining an understanding ofthe Group and its control environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement. |
||||
| As in previous years, the audit team performed full scope statutory audits of all non-dormant entities within the Group. We have performed an audit to statutory materiality for the purposes of supporting the Group audit opinion for each non-dormant entity. As such, the scope of our audit covered 100% of both consolidated profit before tax and consolidated net assets. Statutory materiality adopted for subsidiaries companies ranged from between £0.1 million and £7.8 million. |
||||
| During the previous year the Group acquired 20% of the equity of the Associates and continues to manage these portfolios.The Group applies equity accounting for these interests and the equity interest in Armadillo Holdings 1 Limited and Armadillo Holdings 2 Limited amounts to £4.2 million and £2.2 million respectively. We have performed audit procedures on all balances and transactions material to these entities for the purposes of supporting the Group audit opinion. |
||||
| The Group audit team continued to follow a programme of planned site visits during March 2016. At each site visited we undertook an inventory count, performed design and implementation testing of key controls, verified a sample of fixed assets and occupancy data, agreed cash balances to bank reconciliations and held discussions with key store staff. |
||||
| Opinion on other matters prescribed | In our opinion: | |||
| by the Companies Act 2006 | > the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and > the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements. |
|||
| Matters on which we are required to report by exception |
||||
| Adequacy of explanations received | Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: | |||
| and accounting records | > we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or > adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or > the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. |
|||
| We have nothing to report in respect of these matters. | ||||
| Directors' remuneration | Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors' remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. We have nothing to report arising from these matters. |
|||
| Corporate Governance Statement | Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company's compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review. |
|||
| Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report |
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is: |
|||
| > materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or > apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or > otherwise misleading. |
||||
| In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the Directors' statement that they consider the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the Annual Report appropriately discloses those matters that we communicated to the audit committee which we consider should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies or misleading statements. |
Independent auditor's report to the members of Big Yellow Group PLC (continued)
| Investment property valuation | |
|---|---|
| Matters on which we are required to report by exception (continued) |
|
| Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor |
As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and independent partner reviews. |
| This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose.To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. |
|
| Scope of the audit of the financial statements |
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error.This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group's and the parent Company's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report. |
Darren Longley FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor Reading, United Kingdom 23 May 2016
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Note | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Revenue 3 Cost of sales |
101,382 (32,632) |
84,276 (27,351) |
| Gross profit Administrative expenses |
68,750 (8,896) |
56,925 (8,505) |
| Operating profit before gains on property assets Gain on the revaluation of investment properties 13a,14 Profit on disposal of surplus land 15 |
59,854 58,001 4,754 |
48,420 64,465 1,318 |
| Operating profit Share of profit of associates 13d Investment income 7 Finance costs – interest payable 8 – fair value movement of derivatives 8, 18 |
122,609 1,104 403 (11,866) (4) |
114,203 3,516 495 (10,704) (2,274) |
| Profit before taxation Taxation 9 |
112,246 (247) |
105,236 351 |
| Profit for the year (attributable to equity shareholders) 5 |
111,999 | 105,587 |
| Total comprehensive income for the year (attributable to equity shareholders) | 111,999 | 105,587 |
| Basic earnings per share 12 |
71.9p | 72.5p |
| Diluted earnings per share 12 |
71.6p | 71.9p |
EPRA earnings per share are shown in Note 12.
All items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income relate to continuing operations.
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Note | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Non-current assets | ||
| Investment property 13a |
1,092,210 | 1,007,110 |
| Investment property under construction 13a |
33,945 | 15,681 |
| Interests in leasehold property 13a |
20,165 | 20,829 |
| Plant, equipment and owner-occupied property 13b |
3,405 | 3,050 |
| Goodwill 13c |
1,433 | 1,433 |
| Investment in associates 13d |
6,406 | 5,572 |
| Capital Goods Scheme receivable 16 |
6,561 | 9,039 |
| 1,164,125 | 1,062,714 | |
| Current assets | ||
| Surplus land 15 |
300 | 3,315 |
| Inventories | 266 | 304 |
| Trade and other receivables 16 |
16,222 | 16,379 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 17,207 | 8,194 |
| 33,995 | 28,192 | |
| Total assets | 1,198,120 | 1,090,906 |
| Current liabilities | ||
| Trade and other payables 17 |
(36,122) | (32,612) |
| Borrowings 19 |
(2,243) | (72,136) |
| Obligations under finance leases 21 |
(1,722) | (1,705) |
| (40,087) | (106,453) | |
| Non-current liabilities | ||
| Derivative financial instruments 18c |
(3,683) | (3,679) |
| Borrowings 19 |
(306,520) | (210,736) |
| Obligations under finance leases 21 |
(18,443) | (19,124) |
| (328,646) | (233,539) | |
| Total liabilities | (368,733) | (339,992) |
| Net assets | 829,387 | 750,914 |
| Equity | ||
| Share capital 22 |
15,737 | 15,806 |
| Share premium account Reserves |
45,227 768,423 |
44,922 690,186 |
| Equity shareholders' funds | 829,387 | 750,914 |
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 23 May 2016.They were signed on its behalf by:
James Gibson John Trotman Director Director Company Registration No. 03625199
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Share capital £000 |
Share premium account £000 |
Other non- distributable reserve £000 |
Capital redemption reserve £000 |
Retained earnings £000 |
Own shares £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 April 2015 | 15,806 | 44,922 | 74,950 | 1,653 | 619,206 | (5,623) | 750,914 |
| Total comprehensive gain for the year | – | – | – | – | 111,999 | 111,999 | |
| Issue of share capital | 73 | 305 | – | – | – | – | 378 |
| Cancellation of treasury shares | (142) | – | – | 142 | (3,727) | 3,727 | – |
| Use of own shares to satisfy share options | – | – | – | – | (877) | 877 | |
| Dividend | – | – | – | – | (36,443) | – | (36,443) |
| Credit to equity for equity-settled | |||||||
| share based payments | – | – | – | – | 2,539 | – | 2,539 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 15,737 | 45,227 | 74,950 | 1,795 | 692,697 | (1,019) | 829,387 |
Year ended 31 March 2015
| Share capital £000 |
Share premium account £000 |
Other non- distributable reserve £000 |
Capital redemption reserve £000 |
Retained earnings £000 |
Own shares £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 April 2014 | 14,306 | 44,278 | – | 1,653 | 539,450 | (5,623) | 594,064 |
| Total comprehensive gain for the year | – | – | – | – | 105,587 | – | 105,587 |
| Issue of share capital | 1,500 | 644 | 74,950 | – | – | 77,094 | |
| Dividend | – | – | – | – | (27,890) | – | (27,890) |
| Credit to equity for equity-settled | |||||||
| share based payments | – | – | – | – | 2,059 | – | 2,059 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 15,806 | 44,922 | 74,950 | 1,653 | 619,206 | (5,623) | 750,914 |
The other non-distributable reserve arose in the year ended 31 March 2015 following the placing of 14.35 million ordinary shares.
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Note | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Operating profit Gain on the revaluation of investment properties 13a, 14 Profit on disposal of surplus land 15 Depreciation 13b Depreciation of finance lease capital obligations 13a Employee share options 6 Decrease/(increase) in inventories Decrease/(increase) in receivables Increase in payables |
122,609 (58,001) (4,754) 663 967 2,539 38 369 1,785 |
114,203 (64,465) (1,318) 566 918 2,059 (14) (1,172) 1,098 |
| Cash generated from operations Interest paid Interest received Tax credit received |
66,215 (10,763) 15 – |
51,875 (9,692) 27 187 |
| Cash flows from operating activities | 55,467 | 42,397 |
| Investing activities Sale of surplus land Purchase of non-current assets Additions to surplus land Receipts from Capital Goods Scheme Acquisition of Big Yellow Limited Partnership (net of cash acquired) Acquisition of Big Storage Limited Disposal of Big Storage Limited Net investment in associates 13d Dividend received from associates 13d |
7,835 (44,509) (66) 184 – – – – 270 |
2,815 (42,555) (231) 3,557 (37,406) (15,114) 7,614 (3,709) 89 |
| Cash flows from investing activities | (36,286) | (84,940) |
| Financing activities Issue of share capital Payment of finance lease liabilities 13a Equity dividends paid 11 Payments to cancel interest rate derivatives Refinancing fees Drawing of M&G loan (Repayment)/borrowing of Lloyds short term loan Repayment of Big Yellow Limited Partnership loan Repayment of Big Storage AIB loan Drawing of Big Storage Lloyds loan Increase/(decrease) in borrowings Cash flows from financing activities |
378 (967) (36,443) – – 70,000 (70,000) – – – 26,864 (10,168) |
77,094 (918) (27,890) (1,408) (2,649) – 70,000 (57,000) (9,659) 13,900 (14,034) 47,436 |
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 9,013 | 4,893 |
| Opening cash and cash equivalents | 8,194 | 3,301 |
| Closing cash and cash equivalents | 17,207 | 8,194 |
Reconciliation of Net Cash Flow to Movement in Net Debt
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Note | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year Cash flow from increase in debt financing |
9,013 (26,864) |
4,893 (55,966) |
| Change in net debt resulting from cash flows | (17,851) | (51,073) |
| Movement in net debt in the year Net debt at the start of the year |
(17,851) (277,140) |
(51,073) (226,067) |
| Net debt at the end of the year 18 |
(294,991) | (277,140) |
Notes to the financial statements
Year ended 31 March 2016
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
Big YellowGroup PLC is a Company incorporated in the United Kingdomunderthe Companies Act 2006.The address ofthe registered office is 2 The Deans, Bridge Road, Bagshot, Surrey, GU19 5AT.The nature of the Group's operations and its principal activities are set out in note 4 and in the Strategic Report on pages 14 to 19.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of preparation of financial statements
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as adopted for use in the European Union in accordancewith EU law(IAS regulation EC1606/2002) and those parts ofthe Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting underIFRS, and therefore the Group financial statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.
The financial statements are presented in Sterling, being the currency ofthe primary economic environmentinwhich the Group operates. Unless otherwise stated, figures are rounded to the nearest thousand.
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, except as described in the following sections.
The following new and revised Standards and Interpretations have been adopted in the current year, but have not had a material impact on the Group:
Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2010-2012 Annual Improvements to IFRSs Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2011-2013 Annual Improvements to IFRSs
New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective and had not yet been adopted by the EU:
| IFRS 9 | Financial Instruments |
|---|---|
| IFRS 15 | Revenue from Contracts with Customers |
| IFRS 16 | Leases |
| Amendments to IFRS 11 | Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations |
| Amendments to IAS 1 | Disclosure Initiative |
| Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 | Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation |
| Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41 | Agriculture: Bearer Plants |
| Amendments to IAS 27 | Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements |
| Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 | Sale or Contribution of Assets between and Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture |
| Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 28 | Investment Entities: Applying the Consolidation Exemption |
| Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2012-2014 | Annual Improvements to IFRSs |
There are no standards and interpretations in issue but not yet adopted which, in the opinion of the Directors, will have a material effect on the reported income or net assets of the Group or Company.
Basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain investment properties and financial instruments. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the assets.The principal accounting policies adopted, which have been applied consistently to the results, other gains and losses, assets, liabilities and cash flows of entities included in the consolidated financial statements in the current and preceding year, are set out below:
Going concern
A reviewofthe Group's business activities,togetherwith the factors likely to affectits future development, performance and position are set out on in the Strategic Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are shown in the balance sheet, cash flow statement and accompanying notes to the financial statements. Furtherinformation concerning the Group's objectives, policies and processes formanaging its capital; its financialriskmanagement objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to creditrisk and liquidity risk can be found in the Strategic Report and in the notes to the financial statements.
After reviewing Group and Company cash balances, borrowing facilities, forecast valuation movements and projected cash flows, the Directors believe that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue operations for the foreseeable future. In reaching this conclusion the Directors have had regard to the Group's operating plan and budget for the year ending 31March 2017 and projections contained in the longer term business plan which covers the period to March 2020. The Directors have considered carefully the Group's trading performance and cash flows as a result of the uncertain global economic environment and the other principal risks to the Group's performance, and are satisfied with the Group's positioning. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
Year ended 31 March 2016
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements ofthe Company and entities controlled by the Companymade up to 31March each year. Control is achievedwhere the Company has the powerto directthe relevant activities of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits fromits activities.
The Group consolidates the financial results and balance sheets of Big Yellow Group PLC and all of its subsidiaries at the year end using acquisition accounting principles. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method.The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control ofthe acquiree. Any costs directly attributable to the business combination are recognised in the income statement. The acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingentliabilities that meetthe conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised attheir fair value atthe acquisition date, exceptfor non-current assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, which are recognised and measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.
Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group's interestin the netfair value ofthe identifiable assets, liabilities and contingentliabilities recognised. If, afterreassessment,the Group's interest in the net fair value of the acquiree's identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income.
Investment in subsidiaries
These are recognised at cost less provision for any impairment.
Investment in associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.
The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting except when classified as held for sale. Investments in associates are carried in the balance sheet at cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the Group's share of the net assets of the associate, less any impairment in the value of individual investments. Losses of an associate in excess of the Group's interest in that associate (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment in the associate) are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of associates to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.
Where a Group Company transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the relevant associate. Losses may provide evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred in which case appropriate provision is made for impairment.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group's interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition.
Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income and is not subsequently reversed.The goodwill in the balance sheet has an indefinite useful economic life.
Revenue recognition
Revenue represents amounts derived from the provision of services which fall within the Group's ordinary activities after deduction of trade discounts and any applicable value added tax. Income is recognised overthe period forwhich the storage room is occupied by the customer on a straight-line basis. The Group recognises non-storage income on a straight-line basis over the period in which it is earned.
Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and the effective interest rate applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that asset's net carrying amount.
Management fees earned are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period for which the services are provided. Fees earned from associates are recognised in full in the income statement through revenue with the proportionate debit shown in the share of profit of associate.
Operating leases
Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis overthe termofthe relevantlease. In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs are accounted for on an accruals basis in the statement of comprehensive income using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying value amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.
Finance costs
All borrowing costs are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they are incurred, unless the costs are incurred as part ofthe development of a qualifying asset,when theywill be capitalised. Commencement of capitalisation is the datewhen the Group incurs expenditure for the qualifying asset, incurs borrowing costs and undertakes activities that are necessary to prepare the assets for their intended use when it is probable that they will result in future economic benefits to the entity and the costs can be measured reliably. In the case of suspension of activities during extended periods, the Group suspends capitalisation. The Group ceases capitalisation of borrowing costs when substantially all of the activities necessary to prepare the asset for use are complete.
Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after gains and losses on surplus land, movements on the revaluation of investment properties and before the share of results of associates, investment income and finance costs.
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.
The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year.Taxable profit differs from the net profit as reported in the statement of comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible.The Group's liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for alltaxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extentthatitis probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary differences arise fromgoodwill orfromthe initialrecognition (otherthan in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates substantively enacted at the balance sheet date that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the statement of comprehensive income, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
Plant, equipment and owner occupied property
All property, plant and equipment, not classified as investment property, is carried at historic costless depreciation and any recognised impairmentloss.
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets, other than land and investment properties, over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:
| Freehold property | 50 years |
|---|---|
| Leasehold improvements | Over period of the lease |
| Plant and machinery | 10 years |
| Motor vehicles | 4 years |
| Fixtures and fittings | 5 years |
| Computer equipment | 3 to 5 years |
The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in income.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Investment property
The criteria used to distinguish investment property from owner-occupied property is to consider whether the property is held for rental income and for capital appreciation. Where this is the case, the Group recognises these owned or leased properties as investment properties. Investment property is initially recognised at cost and revalued at the balance sheet date to fair value as determined by professionally qualified external valuers. In accordance with IAS 40, investment property held as a leasehold is stated gross of the recognised finance lease liability.
Gains or losses arising from the changes in fair value of investment property are included in the statement of comprehensive income of the period in which they arise. In accordance with IAS 40, as the Group uses the fair value model, no depreciation is provided in respect of investment properties including integral plant.
Leasehold properties that are leased under operating leases are classified as investment properties and included in the balance sheet at fair value.The obligation to the lessor for the buildings element of the leasehold is included in the balance sheet at the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception, and is shown within note 21. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and a reduction of the outstanding lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
Investment property under construction
Investment property under construction is initially recognised at cost and revalued atthe balance sheet date to fair value as determined by professionally qualified external valuers.
Gains or losses arising from the changes in fair value of investment property under construction are included in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.
Surplus land
Surplus land, which can include assets held for development and future sale, is recognised at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Any gains and losses on surplus land are recognised through the statement of comprehensive income.
Impairment of assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's net selling price and its value-in-use (i.e. the net present value of its future cash flows discounted at the Group's average pre-tax interest rate that reflects the borrowing costs and risk for the asset).
Inventories
Inventories, representing the cost of packing materials, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group's balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on re-measurement recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the 'other gains and losses' line item in the income statement.
A – Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group's activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of interest rates. The Group uses interest rate swap contracts to hedge these exposures. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group's policies approved by the Board of Directors.The policy in respect of interestrates is to maintain a balance between flexibility and the hedging of interestrate risk.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently reviewed at each balance sheet date.The fair value of interest rate derivatives at the reporting date is determined by discounting the future cash flows using the forward curves atthe reporting date and the creditrisk inherentin the contract.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income as they arise.The Group has not adopted hedge accounting. Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value with unrealised gains or losses reported in the statement of comprehensive income.
B – Loans and receivables
Trade receivables, loans, and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
C – Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of trade receivables, where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognised in profit or loss.
D – Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subjectto an insignificantrisk of changes in value.The carrying amounts ofthese assets approximates to the fair value.
E – Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.
F – Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
G – Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.
Retirement benefit costs
Pension costs represent contributions payable to defined contribution schemes and are charged as an expense to the statement of comprehensive income as they fall due.The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group.
Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. These are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the share-based payment is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of shares that will eventually vest.
Fair value is measured by use of the Black-Scholes model and excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions.The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based onmanagement's best estimate, forthe effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions, and behavioural considerations. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recovered in profit and loss such that the cumulative expenses reflects the revised estimate with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability is recognised for the goods or services acquired, measured initially at the fair value of the liability. At each balance sheet date until the liability is settled, and at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is re-measured, with any changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss for the year.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In the application ofthe Group's accounting policies,which are described above,the Directors are required tomake judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.
Estimate of fair value of Investment Properties and Investment Property Under Construction (critical accounting estimate)
The Group's self storage centres and stores under development are valued using a discounted cash flow methodology which is based on projections of net operating income.The Group employs expert external valuers, Cushman &Wakefield LLP, who report on the values of the Group's stores on an annual basis.The stores within the Armadillo Partnerships are valued by Jones Lang LaSalle. Principal assumptions underlying the estimation of the fair value are those related to: stabilised occupancy levels;the absorption period to these stabilised levels; expected future growth in storage rents, ancillary income and operating costs; maintenance requirements; capitalisation rates and discountrates. A more detailed explanation ofthe background and methodology adopted in the valuation of the Group's investment properties is set out in note 14 to the accounts.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
3. REVENUE
Analysis of the Group's operating revenue can be found below and in the Portfolio Summary on page 20.
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| £000 | £000 | |
| Open stores | ||
| Self storage income | 84,900 | 70,631 |
| Other storage related income | 14,568 | 11,849 |
| Ancillary store rental income | 354 | 251 |
| 99,822 | 82,731 | |
| Other revenue | ||
| Non-storage income | 808 | 268 |
| Fees earned from Big Yellow Limited Partnership | – | 458 |
| Other management fees earned | 752 | 819 |
| Revenue per statement of comprehensive income | 101,382 | 84,276 |
| Interest receivable on bank deposits (see note 7) | 15 | 27 |
| Total revenue per IAS 18 | 101,397 | 84,303 |
Non-storage income derives principally from rental income earned from tenants of properties awaiting development.
4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance. Given the nature of the Group's business, there is one segment, which is the provision of self storage and related services.
Revenue represents amounts derived fromthe provision of self storage and related serviceswhich fallwithin the Group's ordinary activities after deduction of trade discounts and value added tax.The Group's net assets, revenue and profit before tax are attributable to one activity, the provision of self storage and related services.These all arise in the United Kingdom in the current year and prior year.
5. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
a) Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| £000 | £000 | |
| Depreciation of plant, equipment and owner-occupied property | 663 | 566 |
| Leasehold property depreciation | 967 | 918 |
| Gain on the revaluation of investment property | (58,001) | (64,465) |
| Profit on disposal of surplus land | (4,754) | (1,318) |
| Cost of inventories recognised as an expense | 1,095 | 977 |
| Employee costs (see note 6) | 15,094 | 13,084 |
| Operating lease rentals | 78 | 95 |
| Auditor's remuneration for audit services (see below) | 186 | 191 |
b) Analysis of auditor's remuneration:
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's annual accounts | 156 | 160 |
| Other services – audit of the Company's subsidiaries' annual accounts | 30 | 31 |
| Total audit fees | 186 | 191 |
| Interim review | 31 | 34 |
| Tax services – advisory | 60 | 131 |
| Assurance of CSR report | 22 | 22 |
| Other services | – | 80 |
| Total non-audit fees | 113 | 267 |
Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be disclosed because the consolidated financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. Fees charged by Deloitte LLP to Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited and Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited in the year amounted to £43,000, which all related to audit services.
6. EMPLOYEE COSTS
The average monthly number of full-time equivalent employees (including Executive Directors) was:
| 2016 Number |
2015 Number |
|
|---|---|---|
| Sales | 271 | 256 |
| Administration | 47 | 44 |
| 318 | 300 |
At 31 March 2016 the total number of Group employees was 358 (2015: 337).
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Their aggregate remuneration comprised: | ||
| Wages and salaries | 10,443 | 8,982 |
| Social security costs | 1,634 | 1,655 |
| Other pension costs | 478 | 388 |
| Share-based payments | 2,539 | 2,059 |
| 15,094 | 13,084 |
Details of Directors' Remuneration is given on pages 66 to 79.
7. INVESTMENT INCOME
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Bank interest receivable | 15 | 27 |
| Unwinding of discount on Capital Goods Scheme receivable | 388 | 468 |
| Total investment income | 403 | 495 |
8. FINANCE COSTS
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Interest on bank borrowings | 11,187 | 10,080 |
| Capitalised interest | (247) | (399) |
| Interest on obligations under finance leases | 926 | 1,023 |
| Total interest payable | 11,866 | 10,704 |
| Change in fair value of interest rate derivatives | 4 | 2,274 |
| Total finance costs | 11,870 | 12,978 |
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
9. TAXATION
The Group converted to a REITin January 2007. As a result the Group does not pay UK corporation tax on the profits and gains from its qualifying rental business in the UK provided that it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group are subject to corporation tax as normal. The Group monitors its compliance with the REIT conditions.There have been no breaches of the conditions to date.
Finance (No.2) Bill 2015 provides that the rate of corporation tax for the 2017 Financial Year(commencing 1 April 2017) will be 19% and that the rate from 1 April 2020 would be 18%. At Budget 2016, the government announced a further reduction to the Corporation Tax main rate (for all profits except ring fence profits)for the year starting 1 April 2020, setting the rate at 17%, however this rate is yet to be substantially enacted.
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| UK current tax | ||
| Current tax: | ||
| – Current year | 247 | 90 |
| – Prior year | – | (254) |
| – Conversion charge refund | – | (187) |
| 247 | (351) |
A reconciliation of the tax charge/(credit)is shown below:
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Profit before tax | 112,246 | 105,236 |
| Tax charge at 20% (2015 – 21%) thereon | 22,449 | 22,100 |
| Effects of: | ||
| Revaluation of investment properties | (11,600) | (12,109) |
| Share of profit of associates | (220) | (739) |
| Other permanent differences | (930) | (1,475) |
| Profits from the tax exempt business | (7,725) | (7,234) |
| Profit on disposal of surplus land | (951) | (278) |
| Utilisation of brought forward losses | (51) | (438) |
| Movement on other unrecognised deferred tax assets | (725) | 263 |
| Current year tax charge | 247 | 90 |
| Prior year adjustment | – | (441) |
| Total tax charge/(credit) | 247 | (351) |
At 31 March 2016 the Group has unutilised tax losses of £32.4 million (2015: £32.8 million) available for offset against certain types of future taxable profits. All losses can be carried forward indefinitely.
10. ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX AND ADJUSTED EBITDA
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Profit before tax | 112,246 | 105,236 |
| Gain on revaluation of investment properties – wholly owned | (58,001) | (64,465) |
| – in associate (net of deferred tax) | (566) | (2,731) |
| Change in fair value of interest rate derivatives – Group | 4 | 2,274 |
| – in associate | 23 | 124 |
| Profit on disposal of surplus land | (4,754) | (1,318) |
| Share of non-recurring losses in associate | – | 285 |
| Adjusted profit before tax | 48,952 | 39,405 |
| Net bank interest | 10,925 | 9,654 |
| Depreciation (see note 13b) | 663 | 566 |
| Adjusted EBITDA | 60,540 | 49,625 |
Adjusted profit before tax which excludes gains and losses on the revaluation of investment properties, changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives, net gains and losses on surplus land, and non-recurring items of income and expenditure have been disclosed to give a clearer understanding of the Group's underlying trading performance. EPRA earnings are £48,705,000 for the year after the tax charge of £247,000 (2015: £39,756,000 after a tax credit of £351,000).
11. DIVIDENDS
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year: | ||
| Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2015 of 11.3p | ||
| (2014: 8.4p) per share. | 17,541 | 11,774 |
| Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2016 of 12.1p | ||
| (2015: 10.4p) per share. | 18,902 | 16,116 |
| 36,443 | 27,890 | |
| Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2016 of | ||
| 12.8p (2015: 11.3p) per share. | 20,003 | 17,541 |
Subjectto approval by shareholders atthe Annual GeneralMeeting to be held on 22 July 2016,the final dividendwill be paid on 28 July 2016.The ex-div date is 16 June 2016 and the record date is 17 June 2016.
The Property Income Dividend ("PID") payable for the year is 18.1 pence per share (2015: 16.1 pence per share).
Year ended 31 March 2016
12. EARNINGS AND NET ASSETS PER SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share
| Year ended 31 March 2016 | Year ended 31 March 2015 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Earnings £m |
Shares million |
Pence per share |
Earnings £m |
Shares million |
Pence per share |
|
| Basic | 112.0 | 155.8 | 71.9 | 105.6 | 145.7 | 72.5 |
| Dilutive share options | – | 0.7 | (0.3) | – | 1.2 | (0.6) |
| Diluted | 112.0 | 156.5 | 71.6 | 105.6 | 146.9 | 71.9 |
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Gain on revaluation of investment properties | (58.0) | – | (37.1) | (64.5) | – | (43.9) |
| Change in fair value of interest rate derivatives | – | – | – | 2.3 | – | 1.6 |
| Profit on disposal of surplus land | (4.8) | – | (3.1) | (1.3) | – | (0.9) |
| Share of associate non-recurring gains | (0.5) | – | (0.3) | (2.3) | – | (1.6) |
| EPRA – diluted | 48.7 | 156.5 | 31.1 | 39.8 | 146.9 | 27.1 |
| EPRA – basic | 48.7 | 155.8 | 31.3 | 39.8 | 145.7 | 27.3 |
The calculation of basic earnings is based on profit after tax for the year.The weighted average number of shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share has been adjusted for the conversion of share options.
EPRA earnings and earnings per ordinary share before non-recurring items, movements on revaluation of investment properties, gains on surplus land, the change in fair value of interestrate derivatives, and share of associate non-recurring gains and losses (including deferred tax on revaluation surpluses) have been disclosed to give a clearer understanding of the Group's underlying trading performance.
The European Public Real Estate Association ("EPRA") has issued recommended bases for the calculation of net assets per share information and this is shown in the table below:
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Basic net asset value | 829,387 | 750,914 |
| Exercise of share options | 700 | 452 |
| EPRA NNNAV | 830,087 | 751,366 |
| Adjustments: | ||
| Fair value of derivatives | 3,683 | 3,679 |
| Fair value of derivatives – share of associate | 69 | 46 |
| Share of deferred tax in associates | 573 | 425 |
| EPRA NAV | 834,412 | 755,516 |
| Basic net assets per share (pence) | 530.8 | 484.0 |
| EPRA NNNAV per share (pence) | 525.5 | 478.5 |
| EPRA NAV per share (pence) | 528.3 | 481.1 |
| EPRA NAV (as above) (£000) | 834,412 | 755,516 |
| Valuation methodology assumption (see note 14) (£000) | 64,560 | 45,927 |
| Adjusted net asset value (£000) | 898,972 | 801,443 |
| Adjusted net assets per share (pence) | 569.1 | 510.4 |
| No. of shares | No. of shares | |
|---|---|---|
| Shares in issue | 157,369,287 | 158,055,735 |
| Own shares held in treasury | – | (1,418,750) |
| Own shares held in EBT | (1,122,907) | (1,500,000) |
| Basic shares in issue used for calculation | 156,246,380 | 155,136,985 |
| Exercise of share options | 1,707,743 | 1,896,437 |
| Diluted shares used for calculation | 157,954,123 | 157,033,422 |
Net assets per share are equity shareholders' funds divided by the number of shares at the year end.The shares currently held in the Group's Employee Benefit Trust are excluded from both net assets and the number of shares. Adjusted net assets per share include the effect of those shares issuable under employee share option schemes and the effect of alternative valuation methodology assumptions (see note 14).
The shares held in treasury were cancelled during the year.
13. NON-CURRENT ASSETS
a) Investment property, investment property under construction and interests in leasehold property
| Investment property £000 |
Investment property under construction £000 |
Interests in leasehold property £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 31 March 2014 | 776,390 | 22,303 | 23,814 | 822,507 |
| Additions | 36,343 | 5,157 | – | 41,500 |
| Acquisition of Partnership stores | 111,055 | – | – | 111,055 |
| Transfer from surplus land | 1,478 | – | – | 1,478 |
| Reclassification | 12,650 | (12,650) | – | – |
| Adjustment to present value | – | – | (2,067) | (2,067) |
| Acquisition of Big Storage | 24,900 | – | – | 24,900 |
| Disposals | (19,300) | – | – | (19,300) |
| Revaluation | 63,594 | 871 | – | 64,465 |
| Depreciation | – | – | (918) | (918) |
| At 31 March 2015 | 1,007,110 | 15,681 | 20,829 | 1,043,620 |
| Additions | 3,668 | 41,695 | – | 45,363 |
| Reclassification | 19,437 | (19,437) | – | – |
| Adjustment to present value | – | – | 303 | 303 |
| Revaluation (see note 14) | 61,995 | (3,994) | – | 58,001 |
| Depreciation | – | – | (967) | (967) |
| At 31 March 2016 | 1,092,210 | 33,945 | 20,165 | 1,146,320 |
The income from self storage accommodation earned by the Group from its investment property is disclosed in note 3. Direct operating expenses, which are all applied to generating rental income, arising on the investment property in the year are disclosed in the Portfolio Summary on page 20. Included within additions is £0.2 million of capitalised interest (2015: £0.4 million), calculated at the Group's average borrowing cost for the year of 3.6%. 55 of the Group's investment properties are pledged as security for loans, with a total external value of £918.9 million.
b) Plant, equipment and owner occupied property
| Freehold property £000 |
Leasehold improvements £000 |
Plant and machinery £000 |
Motor vehicles £000 |
Fixtures, fittings & office equipment £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cost | ||||||
| At 31 March 2014 | 1,843 | 53 | 425 | 25 | 1,889 | 4,235 |
| Retirement of fully depreciated assets | – | – | (52) | – | (891) | (943) |
| Additions | 42 | – | 171 | – | 418 | 631 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 1,885 | 53 | 544 | 25 | 1,416 | 3,923 |
| Retirement of fully depreciated assets | – | – | (103) | – | (439) | (542) |
| Additions | 298 | 48 | 151 | – | 521 | 1,018 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 2,183 | 101 | 592 | 25 | 1,498 | 4,399 |
| Depreciation | ||||||
| At 31 March 2014 | (293) | (49) | (218) | (22) | (668) | (1,250) |
| Retirement of fully depreciated assets | – | – | 52 | – | 891 | 943 |
| Charge for the year | (35) | (1) | (53) | (3) | (474) | (566) |
| At 31 March 2015 | (328) | (50) | (219) | (25) | (251) | (873) |
| Retirement of fully depreciated assets | – | – | 103 | – | 439 | 542 |
| Charge for the year | (39) | (2) | (81) | – | (541) | (663) |
| At 31 March 2016 | (367) | (52) | (197) | (25) | (353) | (994) |
| Net book value | ||||||
| At 31 March 2016 | 1,816 | 49 | 395 | – | 1,145 | 3,405 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 1,557 | 3 | 325 | – | 1,165 | 3,050 |
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
13. NON-CURRENT ASSETS (continued)
c) Goodwill
The goodwill relates to the purchase of Big Yellow Self Storage Company Limited in 1999.The asset is tested bi-annually for impairment.The carrying value remains unchanged from the prior year as there is considered to be no impairment in the value of the asset.
d) Investment in associates
Armadillo
The Group has a 20% interest in Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited ("Armadillo 1") and a 20% interest in Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited ("Armadillo 2"). Both interests are accounted for as associates, using the equity method of accounting.
| Armadillo 1 | Armadillo 2 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
| At the beginning of the year | 3,638 | – | 1,934 | – |
| Subscription for partnership capital and advances | – | 3,648 | – | 1,789 |
| Part disposal of Partnership interest | – | (1,728) | – | – |
| Share of results (see below) | 718 | 1,807 | 386 | 145 |
| Dividends | (183) | (89) | (87) | – |
| 4,173 | 3,638 | 2,233 | 1,934 |
The Group's total subscription for partnership capital and advances in Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited is £1,920,000 and £1,789,000 in Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited.
The investment properties owned by Armadillo 1 and Armadillo 2 have been valued at 31 March 2016 by Jones Lang LaSalle.
Big Yellow Limited Partnership
At the start of the prior year the Group had a 33.3% interest in Big Yellow Limited Partnership.This interest was accounted for as an associate, using equity accounting. On 1 December 2014, the Group acquired the remaining 66.7% of the Partnership interest that it did not previously own. From this date, the Partnership is accounted for as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group.The results up to this date are shown in the note below:
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| At the beginning of the period | – | 17,861 |
| Share of results | – | 1,564 |
| Acquisition of remaining interest | – | (19,425) |
| At the end of the period | – | – |
13. NON-CURRENT ASSETS (continued)
d) Investment in associates (continued)
The figures below show the trading results of the Armadillo Partnerships, and the Group's share of the results and the net assets of the Armadillo Partnerships.
| Armadillo Storage 1 | Armadillo Storage 2 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Year ended 31 March 2016 £000 |
Period from 16 April 2014 2014 to 31 March 2015 £000 |
Year ended 31 March 2016 £000 |
Period from 3 February 2015 to 31 March 2015 £000 |
||
| Income statement (100%) Revenue Cost of sales Administrative expenses |
4,829 (2,560) (77) |
4,321 (2,258) (100) |
4,139 (1,954) (97) |
627 (225) (75) |
|
| Operating profit Gain on the revaluation of investment properties Net interest payable Acquisition costs written off Fair value movement of interest rate derivatives Deferred and current tax Profit attributable to shareholders Dividends paid Retained profit |
2,192 2,340 (514) – (9) (421) 3,588 (916) 2,672 |
1,963 10,078 (504) (467) (197) (1,833) 9,040 (447) 8,593 |
2,088 1,111 (688) – (104) (478) 1,929 (434) 1,495 |
327 1,449 (183) (540) (35) (290) 728 – 728 |
|
| Balance sheet (100%) Investment property Interest in leasehold properties Other non-current assets Current assets Current liabilities Derivative financial instruments Non-current liabilities |
32,825 – 1,015 888 (1,193) (207) (12,463) |
30,125 – 1,005 1,132 (2,151) (197) (11,721) |
24,825 3,809 1,490 845 (1,840) (139) (17,825) |
23,175 4,083 1,465 1,256 (1,812) (35) (18,462) |
|
| Net assets (100%) Group share Operating profit Gain on the revaluation of investment properties Net interest payable Acquisition costs written off Fair value movement of interest rate derivatives Deferred and current tax |
20,865 439 468 (103) – (2) (84) |
18,193 471 2,042 (123) (177) (39) (367) |
11,165 418 222 (138) – (21) (95) |
9,670 65 290 (37) (108) (7) (58) |
|
| Profit attributable to shareholders Dividends paid |
718 (183) |
1,807 (89) |
386 (87) |
145 – |
|
| Retained profit | 535 | 1,718 | 299 | 145 | |
| Associates' net assets | 4,173 | 3,638 | 2,233 | 1,934 |
The prior year balance sheet and income statement have been restated for Armadillo 2 to reflect finance lease accounting for the short leasehold property.There is no change to the prior year net assets or profit.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
14. VALUATION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY
| Deemed cost £000 |
Revaluation on deemed cost £000 |
Valuation £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| Freehold stores | |||
| At 31 March 2015 | 542,466 | 423,074 | 965,540 |
| Transfer from investment property under construction | 20,854 | (1,417) | 19,437 |
| Movement in year | 3,593 | 61,710 | 65,303 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 566,913 | 483,367 | 1,050,280 |
| Leasehold stores | |||
| At 31 March 2015 | 14,702 | 26,868 | 41,570 |
| Movement in year | 75 | 285 | 360 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 14,777 | 27,153 | 41,930 |
| Total of open stores | |||
| At 31 March 2015 | 557,168 | 449,942 | 1,007,110 |
| Transfer from investment property under construction | 20,854 | (1,417) | 19,437 |
| Movement in year | 3,668 | 61,995 | 65,663 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 581,690 | 510,520 | 1,092,210 |
| Investment property under construction | |||
| At 31 March 2015 | 21,809 | (6,128) | 15,681 |
| Transfer to investment property | (20,854) | 1,417 | (19,437) |
| Movement in year | 41,695 | (3,994) | 37,701 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 42,650 | (8,705) | 33,945 |
| Valuation of all investment property | |||
| At 31 March 2015 | 578,977 | 443,814 | 1,022,791 |
| Movement in year | 45,363 | 58,001 | 103,364 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 624,340 | 501,815 | 1,126,155 |
The Group has classified the fair value investment property and the investment property under construction within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. There has been no transfer to or from Level 3 in the year.
The wholly owned freehold and leasehold investment properties have been valued at 31 March 2016 by external valuers, Cushman & Wakefield LLP ("C&W").The valuation has been carried outin accordancewith the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards, published by The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors ("the Red Book").The valuation of each of the investment properties and the investment properties under construction has been prepared on the basis of either Fair Value or Fair Value as a fully equipped operational entity, having regard to trading potential, as appropriate.
The valuation has been provided for accounts purposes and as such, is a Regulated Purpose Valuation as defined in the Red Book. In compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Red Book, C&W have confirmed that:
- > One of the members of the RICS who has been a signatory to the valuations provided to the Group for the same purposes as this valuation, has done so since September 2004.This is the first occasion on which the other member has been a signatory;
- > C&W have been carrying out this annual valuation for the same purposes as this valuation on behalf of the Group since September 2004;
- > C&W do not provide other significant professional or agency services to the Group;
- > In relation to the preceding financial year of C&W, the proportion of the total fees payable by the Group to the total fee income of the firm is less than 5%; and
- > The fee payable to C&W is a fixed amount per store, and is not contingent on the appraised value.
Market uncertainty
C&W's valuation report comments on valuation uncertainty resulting from low liquidity in the market for self storage property. C&W note that in the UK since Q1 2013 there have only been six transactions involving multiple assets and 13 single asset transactions. C&W state that due to the lack of comparable market information in the self storage sector, there is greater uncertainty attached to their opinion of value than would be anticipated during more active market conditions.
Brexit Risk
The UK is set to hold a referendum on 23 June on whether or not to remain a member of the European Union.
C&W's valuation report comments on reduced transaction volumes in the real estate markets in the run up to the referendum date and, should the vote be for the UK to exit, then they expect there to be continued uncertainty in the real estate markets as the UK renegotiates its relationships with the EU and other nations.
14. VALUATION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY (continued)
Portfolio Premium
C&W's valuation report further confirms that the properties have been valued individually but that if the portfolio was to be sold as a single lot or in selected groups of properties, the total value could differ significantly. C&W state that in current market conditions they are of the view that there could be a material portfolio premium.
Valuation methodology
C&W have adopted different approaches for the valuation of the leasehold and freehold assets as follows:
Freehold and long leasehold
The valuation is based on a discounted cash flowofthe net operating income over a ten year period and notional sale ofthe asset atthe end ofthe tenth year.
Assumptions
- A. Net operating income is based on projected revenue received less projected operating costs together with a central administration charge of 6% of the estimated annual revenue subject to a cap and a collar.The initial net operating income is calculated by estimating the net operating income in the first 12 months following the valuation date.
- B. The net operating income in future years is calculated assuming either straight-line absorption from day one actual occupancy or variable absorption over years one to four ofthe cash flowperiod,to an estimated stabilised/mature occupancy level. In the valuation the assumed stabilised occupancy level forthe 71 trading stores (both freeholds and leaseholds) open at 31March 2016 averages 81.9% (31March 2015: 81.1%).The projected revenues and costs have been adjusted for estimated cost inflation and revenue growth.The average time assumed for the 71 stores to trade at their maturity levels is 20 months (31 March 2015: 24 months).
- C. The capitalisation rates applied to existing and future net cash flow have been estimated by reference to underlying yields for industrial and retail warehouse property, yields for othertrading property types such as student housing and hotels, bank base rates,ten year money rates, inflation and the available evidence oftransactions in the sector.The valuation included in the accounts assumes rental growth in future periods. If an assumption of no rental growth is applied to the external valuation, the net initial yield pre-administration expenses for the 71 stores is 6.5% (31 March 2015: 6.4%)rising to a stabilised net yield pre-administration expenses of 7.2% (31 March 2015: 7.4%).
- D. The future net cash flow projections (including revenue growth and cost inflation) have been discounted at a rate that reflects the risk associated with each asset.The weighted average annual discount rate adopted (for both freeholds and leaseholds)is 9.9% (31 March 2015: 10.4%).
- E. Purchaser's costs in the range of 6.1% to circa 6.8% (see below) have been assumed initially, reflecting the new progressive SLDTrates brought into force in March 2016 and sale plus purchaser's costs totalling circa 7.1% to 7.8% are assumed on the notional sales in the tenth year in relation to the freehold stores.
Short leasehold
The samemethodology has been used as forfreeholds, exceptthat no sale ofthe assets in the tenth yearis assumed butthe discounted cash flowis extended to the expiry of the lease.The average unexpired term of the Group's six short leasehold properties is 15.5 years (31 March 2015: 16.5 years unexpired).
Investment properties under construction
C&W have valued the stores in development adopting the same methodology as set out above but on the basis of the cash flow projection expected for the store at opening and after allowing for the outstanding costs to take each scheme from its current state to completion and full fit-out. C&W have allowed for holding costs and construction contingency, as appropriate. Three schemes do not yet have planning consent and C&W have reflected the planning risk in their valuation.
Immature stores: value uncertainty
C&W have assessed the value of each property individually. However, two of the Group's stores are relatively immature and have low initial cash flows. C&Whave endeavoured to reflect the nature of the cash flow profile for these properties in their valuation, and the higher associated risks relating to the as yet unproven future cash flows, by adjustment to the capitalisation rates and discount rates adopted. However, immature low cash flow stores of this nature are rarely, if ever, traded individually in the market, unless as part of a distressed sale or similar situation. Although, there is more evidence of immature low cash flow stores being traded as part of a group or portfolio transaction.
Please note C&W's comments in relation tomarket uncertainty in the self storage sector due to the lack of comparablemarkettransactions and information. The degree of uncertainty relating to the two immature stores is greater than in relation to the balance of the properties due to there being even less market evidence that might be available for more mature properties and portfolios.
C&Wstate thatin practice, if an actual sale ofthe propertieswere to be contemplated then any immature lowcash flowstoreswould normally be presented to the market for sale lotted or grouped with other more mature assets owned by the same entity, in order to alleviate the issue of negative or low short term cash flow. This approach would enhance the marketability of the group of assets and assist in achieving the best price available in the market by diluting the cash flow risk.
C&W have not adjusted their opinion of Fair Value to reflect such a grouping of the immature assets with other properties in the portfolio and all stores have been valued individually. However, they highlight the matter to alert the Group to the manner in which the properties might be grouped or lotted in order to maximise their attractiveness to the market place.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
14. VALUATION OF INVESTMENT PROPERTY (continued)
Immature stores: value uncertainty (continued)
C&W consider this approach to be a valuation assumption but not a Special Assumption, the latter being an assumption that assumes facts that differ from the actual facts existing at the valuation date and which, if not adopted, could produce a material difference in value.
As noted above, C&Whave not assumed thatthe entire portfolio of properties owned by the entitywould be sold as a single lot and the value forthewhole portfolio in the context of a sale as a single lot may differ significantly from the aggregate of the individual values for each property in the portfolio, reflecting the lotting assumption described above.
Valuation assumption for purchaser's costs
The Group's investment property assets have been valued for the purposes of the financial statements after deducting notional purchaser's cost of circa 6.1% to 6.8% of gross value, as if they were sold directly as property assets.The valuation is an asset valuation which is entirely linked to the operating performance of the business.The assets would have to be sold with the benefit of operational contracts, employment contracts and customer contracts, which would be very difficult to achieve except in a corporate structure.
This approach follows the logic of the valuation methodology in that the valuation is based on a capitalisation of the net operating income after allowing a deduction for operational cost and an allowance for central administration costs. Sale in a corporate structurewould resultin a reduction in the assumed Stamp Duty Land Tax but an increase in other transaction costs reflecting additional due diligence resulting in a reduced notional purchaser's cost of 2.75% of gross value. All the significant sized transactions that have been concluded in the UK in recent years were completed in a corporate structure. The Group therefore instructed C&Wto carry out a Red Book valuation on the above basis, and this results in a higher property valuation at 31March 2016 of £1,190.4 million (£64.2 million higher than the value recorded in the financial statements). The total valuations in the two Armadillo Partnerships performed by Jones Lang LaSalle are £2.1 million higher than the value recorded in the financial statements, of which the Group's share is £0.4 million. The sum of these is £64.6 million and translates to 40.8 pence per share. We have included this revised valuation in the adjusted diluted net asset calculation (see note 14).
15. SURPLUS LAND
| At 31 March 2016 | 300 |
|---|---|
| Disposal | (5,381) |
| Release of impairment | 2,300 |
| Additions | 66 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 3,315 |
| £000 |
A gain of £4,754,000 arose on the disposal of surplus land at one site during the year(including the release of a prior year impairment). During the prior year a gain of £1,318,000 arose on the disposal of surplus land at one site.
16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Current | ||
| Trade receivables | 3,050 | 3,062 |
| Capital Goods Scheme receivable | 2,866 | 184 |
| Other receivables | 241 | 371 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 10,065 | 12,762 |
| 16,222 | 16,379 | |
| Non-current | ||
| Capital Goods Scheme receivable | 6,561 | 9,039 |
Trade receivables are net of a bad debt provision of £11,000 (2015: £19,000).The Directors considerthatthe carrying amount oftrade and otherreceivables approximates their fair value.
The Financial Review contains commentary on the Capital Goods Scheme receivable.
16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (continued)
Trade receivables
The Group does not typically offer credit terms to its customers, requiring them to pay in advance of their storage period and hence the Group is not exposed to significant credit risk. A late charge of 10% is applied to a customer's account if they are greater than 10 days overdue in their payment.The Group provides for receivables on a specific basis.There is a right of lien over the customers' goods, so if they have not paid within a certain time frame, we have the rightto sellthe items they store to recoup the debt owed.Trade receivables that are overdue are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts determined by reference to past default experience.
For individual storage customers, the Group does not perform credit checks, however this is mitigated by the fact that these customers are required to pay in advance, and also to pay a deposit ranging from between one week to four weeks' storage income. Before accepting a new business customer who wishes to use a number of the Group's stores, the Group uses an external credit rating to assess the potential customer's credit quality and defines credit limits by customer.There are no customers who represent more than 5% of the total balance of trade receivables.
Included in the Group's trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £353,000 (2015: £210,000) which are past due at the reporting date for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The average age of these receivables is 19 days past due (2015: 43 days past due).
Ageing of past due but not impaired receivables
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| 1 – 30 days | 285 | 44 |
| 30 – 60 days | 45 | 33 |
| 60 + days | 23 | 133 |
| Total | 353 | 210 |
Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| £000 | £000 | |
| Balance at the beginning of the year | 19 | 42 |
| Amounts provided in year | 76 | 99 |
| Amounts written off as uncollectible | (84) | (122) |
| Balance at the end of the year | 11 | 19 |
The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the Directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts.
Ageing of impaired trade receivables
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| 1 – 30 days | – | – |
| 30 – 60 days | 4 | 3 |
| 60 + days | 7 | 16 |
| Total | 11 | 19 |
17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Current | ||
| Trade payables | 10,453 | 11,653 |
| Other payables | 10,592 | 7,286 |
| Accruals and deferred income | 15,077 | 13,640 |
| VAT repayable under Capital Goods Scheme | – | 33 |
| 36,122 | 32,612 |
The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the creditterms.The Directors considerthe carrying amount of trade and other payables and accruals and deferred income approximates fair value.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance.The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 19, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. The Group's debt facilities currently require 45% of total drawn debt to be fixed.The Group has complied with this during the year.
With the exception of derivative instrumentswhich are classified as a financial liability atfair value through the profit and loss ("FVTPL"), financial liabilities are categorised under amortised cost. All financial assets are categorised as loans and receivables.
Exposure to credit, interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group's business. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, but are not employed for speculative purposes.
Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in note 2 to the financial statements.
A. Balance sheet management
The Group's Board reviews the capital structure on an ongoing basis. As part of this review, the Board considers the cost of capital and the risks associatedwith each class of capital.The Group seeks to have a conservative gearing ratio (the proportion of net debtto equity).The Board considers at each review the appropriateness of the current ratio in light of the above.The Board is currently satisfied with the Group's gearing ratio.
The gearing ratio at the year end is as follows:
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| £000 | £000 | |
| Debt | (312,198) | (285,334) |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 17,207 | 8,194 |
| Net debt | (294,991) | (277,140) |
| Balance sheet equity | 829,387 | 750,914 |
| Net debt to equity ratio | 35.6% | 36.9% |
Debt is defined as long-term and short-term borrowings, as detailed in note 19, excluding finance leases and debt issue costs. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to equity holders of the Company. Net debt is defined as gross bank borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.
B. Debt management
The Group currently borrows through a senior term loan, secured on 25 self storage assets and sites, a 15 year loan with Aviva Commercial Finance Limited secured on a portfolio of 15 self storage assets, and a £70 million seven year loan from M&G Investments Limited, drawn in June 2015, and secured on a portfolio of 15 self storage assets. Borrowings are arranged to ensure an appropriatematurity profile and tomaintain shorttermliquidity. Funding is arranged in the Group through banks and financial institutions with whom the Group has a strong working relationship.
C. Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities in the Group borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates.The risk is managed by the Group bymaintaining an appropriatemix between fixed and floating rate borrowings, and by the use of interestrate swap contracts. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly to alignwith interestrate views and defined risk appetite; ensuring optimal hedging strategies are applied, by either positioning the balance sheet or protecting interest expense through different interest rate cycles.
At 31 March 2016 the Group had two interest rate derivatives in place; £30 million fixed at 2.80% (excluding the margin on the underlying debt instrument) until September 2016, and £35 million fixed at 2.635% (excluding the margin on the underlying debt instrument) until June 2022.
Under interest rate swap contracts, the Group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the Group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the fair value of issued fixed rate debt held and the cash flowexposures on the issued variable rate debt held.The fair value of interestrate swaps atthe reporting date is determined by discounting the future cash flows using the curves at the reporting date and the credit risk inherent in the contract, and is disclosed below. The average interest rate is based on the outstanding balances at the end of the financial year.
The £30 million interest rate swap settles on a monthly basis.The floating rate on the interest rate swap is one month LIBOR.The Group settles the difference between the fixed and floating interest rate on a net basis.
The £35million interestrate swap settles on a three-monthly basis.The floating rate on the interestrate swap is threemonth LIBOR.The Group settles the difference between the fixed and floating interest rate on a net basis.
The Group does not hedge account for its interest rate swaps and states them at fair value, with changes in fair value included in the statement of comprehensive income. The loss in the statement of comprehensive income for the year on the fair value of interest rate derivatives was £4,000 (2015: loss of £2,274,000).
The fair value of the above derivatives at 31 March 2016 was a liability of £3,683,000 (2015: liability of £3,679,000).
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
D. Interest rate sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate risks the Group aims to reduce the impact of short-term fluctuations on the Group's earnings, without jeopardising its flexibility. Over the longer term, permanent changes in interest rates may have an impact on consolidated earnings.
At 31March 2016, itis estimated that an increase of 0.5 percentage points in interestrateswould have reduced the Group's adjusted profit before tax and net equity by £775,000 (2015: reduced adjusted profit before tax by £805,000) and a decrease of 0.5 percentage points in interest rates would have increased the Group's adjusted profit before tax and net equity by £775,000 (2015: increased adjusted profit before tax by £805,000). The sensitivity has been calculated by applying the interest rate change to the variable rate borrowings, net of interest rate swaps, at the year end.
The Group's sensitivity to interest rates has decreased during the year, with a slight reduction in the amount of floating rate debt.The Board monitors closely the exposure to the floating rate element of our debt.
E. Cash management and liquidity
Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Group's short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included in note 19 is a description of additional undrawn facilities that the Group has at its disposal to further reduce liquidity risk.
Shorttermmoneymarket deposits are used tomanage liquiditywhilstmaximising the rate ofreturn on cash resources, giving due consideration to risk.
F. Foreign currency management
The Group does not have any foreign currency exposure.
G. Credit risk
The creditriskmanagement policies ofthe Groupwith respectto trade receivables are discussed in note 16.The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over 50,000 customers in our stores.
The creditrisk on liquid funds is limited because the counterparties are bankswith high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.
H. Financial maturity analysis
In respect of interest-bearing financial liabilities, the following table provides a maturity analysis for individual elements.
| 2016 debt maturity | Less than | One to | Two to | More than five years £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total £000 |
one year £000 |
two years £000 |
five years £000 |
||
| Aviva mortgage | 92,198 | 2,243 | 2,356 | 7,799 | 79,800 |
| M&G loan payable at variable rate | 35,000 | – | – | – | 35,000 |
| M&G loan fixed by interest rate derivatives | 35,000 | – | – | – | 35,000 |
| Bank loan payable at variable rate | 120,000 | – | – | 120,000 | – |
| Debt fixed by interest rate derivatives | 30,000 | – | – | 30,000 | – |
| Total | 312,198 | 2,243 | 2,356 | 157,799 | 149,800 |
| 2015 debt maturity | Total £000 |
Less than one year £000 |
One to two years £000 |
Two to five years £000 |
More than five years £000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aviva mortgage | 94,334 | 2,136 | 2,243 | 7,427 | 82,528 |
| Bank loan payable at variable rate | 161,000 | 70,000 | – | 91,000 | – |
| Debt fixed by interest rate derivatives | 30,000 | – | – | 30,000 | – |
| Total | 285,334 | 72,136 | 2,243 | 128,427 | 82,528 |
Year ended 31 March 2016
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
I. Fair values of financial instruments
The fair values of the Group's cash and short term deposits and those of other financial assets equate to their book values. Details of the Group's receivables at amortised cost are set out in note 16. The amounts are presented net of provisions for doubtful receivables, and allowances for impairment are madewhere appropriate.Trade and other payables, including bank borrowings, are carried at amortised cost. Finance lease liabilities are included at the fair value of their minimum lease payments. Derivatives are carried at fair value.
For those financial instruments held at valuation, the Group has categorised them into a three level fair value hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique in accordance with IFRS 7.The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels ofthe hierarchy,the category level is based on the lowest priority level inputthatis significantto the fair value measurement ofthe instrument in its entirety.The fair value ofthe Group's outstanding interestrate derivative, as detailed in note 18C, has been estimated by calculating the present value of future cash flows, using appropriate market discount rates, representing Level 2 fair value measurements as defined by IFRS 7.There are no financial instruments which have been categorised as Level 1 or Level 3.
J. Maturity analysis of financial liabilities
The contractual maturities based on market conditions and expected yield curves prevailing at the year end date are as follows:
| 2016 | Trade and other payables £000 |
Interest rate swaps £000 |
Borrowings and interest £000 |
Finance leases £000 |
Total £000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| From five to twenty years | – | 506 | 176,296 | 22,894 | 199,696 |
| From two to five years | – | 1,684 | 188,517 | 5,255 | 195,456 |
| From one to two years | – | 675 | 12,982 | 1,752 | 15,409 |
| Due after more than one year | – | 2,865 | 377,795 | 29,901 | 410,561 |
| Due within one year | 21,045 | 1,055 | 12,982 | 1,752 | 36,834 |
| Total | 21,045 | 3,920 | 390,777 | 31,653 | 447,395 |
| 2015 | Trade and other payables £000 |
Interest rate swaps £000 |
Borrowings and interest £000 |
Finance leases £000 |
Total £000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| From five to twenty years | – | 885 | 114,628 | 24,529 | 140,042 |
| From two to five years | – | 1,213 | 158,166 | 5,207 | 164,586 |
| From one to two years | – | 916 | 12,655 | 1,735 | 15,306 |
| Due after more than one year | – | 3,014 | 285,449 | 31,471 | 319,934 |
| Due within one year | 18,939 | 1,175 | 82,267 | 1,735 | 104,116 |
| Total | 18,939 | 4,189 | 367,716 | 33,206 | 424,050 |
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
K. Reconciliation of maturity analyses
The maturity analysis in note 18J shows non-discounted cash flows for all financial liabilities including interest payments.The table belowreconciles the borrowings column in note 19 with the borrowings and interest column in the maturity analysis presented in note 18J.
| Unamortised borrowing |
Borrowings | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 | Borrowings £000 |
Interest £000 |
costs £000 |
and interest £000 |
| From five to twenty years | 149,800 | 24,306 | 2,190 | 176,296 |
| From two to five years | 157,799 | 29,473 | 1,245 | 188,517 |
| From one to two years | 2,356 | 10,626 | – | 12,982 |
| Due after more than one year | 309,955 | 64,405 | 3,435 | 377,795 |
| Due within one year | 2,243 | 10,739 | – | 12,982 |
| Total | 312,198 | 75,144 | 3,435 | 390,777 |
| 2015 | Borrowings £000 |
Interest £000 |
Unamortised borrowing costs £000 |
Borrowings and interest £000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| From five to twenty years | 82,528 | 30,890 | 1,210 | 114,628 |
| From two to five years | 128,427 | 28,487 | 1,252 | 158,166 |
| From one to two years | 2,243 | 10,412 | – | 12,655 |
| Due after more than one year | 213,198 | 69,789 | 2,462 | 285,449 |
| Due within one year | 72,136 | 10,131 | – | 82,267 |
| Total | 285,334 | 79,920 | 2,462 | 367,716 |
19. BORROWINGS
| Secured borrowings at amortised cost | 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Current liabilities | ||
| Aviva mortgage | 2,243 | 2,136 |
| Bank borrowings | – | 70,000 |
| 2,243 | 72,136 | |
| Non-current liabilities | ||
| Bank borrowings | 150,000 | 121,000 |
| Aviva mortgage | 89,955 | 92,198 |
| M&G mortgage | 70,000 | – |
| Unamortised loan arrangement costs | (3,435) | (2,462) |
| Total non-current borrowings | 306,520 | 210,736 |
| Total borrowings | 308,763 | 282,872 |
The weighted average interest rate paid on the borrowings during the year was 3.6% (2015: 3.9%).
The Group has £20,000,000 in undrawn committed bank borrowing facilities at 31 March 2016, which expire between four and five years (2015: £49,000,000 expiring between four and five years).
The Group has a £100 million 15 yearfixed rate loanwith Aviva Commercial Finance Limited.The loan is secured over a portfolio of 15 freehold self storage centres.The annual fixed interest rate on the loan is 4.9%.The loan amortises to £60 million over the course of the 15 years.The debt service is payable monthly based on fixed annual amounts. The loan outstanding on the fifth anniversary will be £89.8 million; £76.7 million outstanding on the tenth anniversary, with £60 million remaining at expiry in April 2027.
The Group has a £170 million 5 year bank facility with Lloyds and HSBC expiring in August 2019. £85 million of the facility is term loan with £85 million revolving. The blended margin on the facility is 1.375%. The Group has an option to extend this loan for a further year. The Group also has an option to increase the amount of the revolving loan facility by a further £80 million during the course of the loan's term. £20 million of this option was taken up subsequent to the year end, and hence at the date of signing the Group's bank loan facility was £190 million.
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
19. BORROWINGS (continued)
In June 2015 the Group drewdown a £70 million 7 year loanwithM&G Investments Limited, simultaneously repaying a shortterm bank loan ofthe same amount.The loan is secured over a portfolio of 15 freehold self storage centres. Half ofthe loan is variable and half is subjectto an interestrate derivative for the seven years.
The Group was in compliance with its banking covenants at 31 March 2016 and throughout the year.
Interest rate profile of financial liabilities
| Total £000 |
Floating rate £000 |
Fixed rate £000 |
Weighted average interest rate |
Period for which the rate is fixed |
Weighted average period until maturity |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 31 March 2016 Gross financial liabilities |
312,198 | 155,000 | 157,198 | 3.5% | 7.3 years | 6.3 years |
| At 31 March 2015 Gross financial liabilities |
285,334 | 161,000 | 124,334 | 3.3% | 8.0 years | 5.0 years |
All monetary liabilities, including short term receivables and payables are denominated in sterling.The weighted average interest rate includes the effect of the Group's interest rate derivatives.The Directors have concluded that the carrying value of borrowings approximates to its fair value.
Narrative disclosures on the Group's policy for financial instruments are included within the Strategic Report and in note 18.
20. DEFERRED TAX
Deferred tax assets in respect of share based payments (£0.3 million), interest rate swaps (£0.7 million), corporation tax losses (£4.8 million), capital allowances in excess of depreciation (£0.4million) and capital losses (£1.1million)in respect ofthe non-REITtaxable business have not been recognised due to uncertainty over the projected tax liabilities arising in the short term within the non-REITtaxable business.
21. OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES
| Minimum lease payments | Present value of minimum lease payments |
|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
| Amounts payable under finance leases: | ||||
| Within one year | 1,752 | 1,735 | 1,722 | 1,705 |
| Within two to five years inclusive | 7,007 | 6,942 | 6,136 | 6,077 |
| Greater than five years | 22,894 | 24,529 | 12,307 | 13,047 |
| 31,653 | 33,206 | 20,165 | 20,829 | |
| Less: future finance charges | (11,488) | (12,377) | ||
| Present value of lease obligations | 20,165 | 20,829 |
All lease obligations are denominated in sterling. Interestrates are fixed atthe contract date. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rental payments.The carrying amount of the Group's lease obligations approximates their fair value.
22. SHARE CAPITAL
| Authorised | Called up, allotted and fully paid |
|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
| Ordinary shares of 10 pence each | 20,000 | 20,000 | 15,737 | 15,806 |
| Movement in issued share capital Number of shares at 31 March 2014 Exercise of share options – Share option schemes Share placing |
143,061,147 641,877 14,352,711 |
|||
| Number of shares at 31 March 2015 Cancellation of treasury shares Exercise of share options – Share option schemes |
158,055,735 (1,418,750) 732,302 |
|||
| Number of shares at 31 March 2016 | 157,369,287 |
The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.
At 31 March 2016 options in issue to Directors and employees were as follows:
| Date option Granted |
Option price per ordinary share |
Date first exercisable |
Date on which the exercise period expires |
Number of ordinary shares 2016 |
Number of ordinary shares 2015 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 3 August 2009 | nil p** | 3 August 2012 | 2 August 2019 | 2,075 | 2,075 |
| 12 July 2010 | nil p** | 12 July 2013 | 11 July 2020 | 4,781 | 5,807 |
| 19 July 2011 | nil p** | 19 July 2013 | 19 July 2021 | 7,112 | 14,587 |
| 12 March 2012 | 240p* | 1 April 2015 | 1 October 2015 | – | 92,347 |
| 11 July 2012 | nil p** | 11 July 2015 | 10 July 2022 | 15,724 | 616,977 |
| 12 March 2013 | 305.5p* | 1 April 2016 | 1 October 2016 | 31,365 | 32,254 |
| 19 July 2013 | nil p** | 19 July 2016 | 19 July 2023 | 511,821 | 511,821 |
| 25 February 2014 | 442.6p* | 1 April 2017 | 1 October 2017 | 23,655 | 24,711 |
| 29 July 2014 | nil p** | 29 July 2017 | 29 July 2024 | 503,591 | 511,091 |
| 16 March 2015 | 494.6p* | 1 April 2018 | 1 October 2018 | 101,014 | 106,541 |
| 21 July 2015 | nil p** | 21 July 2018 | 21 July 2025 | 399,117 | – |
| 14 March 2016 | 608.0p* | 1 April 2019 | 1 October 2019 | 49,296 | – |
| 1,649,551 | 1,918,211 |
* SAYE (see note 23) ** LTIP (see note 23)
OWN SHARES
The own shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Big Yellow Group PLC purchased in the market, and held by the Big Yellow Group PLC Employee BenefitTrust, alongwith shares issued directly to the Employee BenefitTrust. 1,122,907 shares are held in the Employee BenefitTrust(2015: 1,500,000), and following the cancellation of shares in September 2015, no shares are held in treasury (2015: 1,418,750).
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
23. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Company has three equity share-based payment arrangements, namely an LTIP scheme (with approved and unapproved components), an Employee Share Save Scheme ("SAYE") and a Long Term Bonus Performance Plan.The Group recognised a total expense in the year related to equity-settled sharebased payment transactions of £2,539,000 (2015: £2,059,000).
Equity-settled share option plans
Since 2004 the Group has operated an Employee Share Save Scheme ("SAYE") which allows any employee who has more than six months service to purchase shares at a 20% discount to the average quoted market price of the Group shares at the date of grant. The associated savings contracts are three years atwhich pointthe employee can exercise their option to purchase the shares ortake the amount saved, including interest, in cash.The scheme is administered by Yorkshire Building Society.
On an annual basis since 2004 the Group awarded nil-paid options to senior management underthe Group's Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP").The awards are conditional on the achievement of challenging performance targets as described on page 73 ofthe Remuneration Report.The awards granted in 2004, 2005 and 2006 vested in full. The awards granted in 2007 and 2009 lapsed, and the awards granted in 2008 and 2010 partially vested. The awards granted in 2011 and 2012 fully vested.Theweighted average share price atthe date of exercise for options exercised in the yearwas £7.04 (2015: £5.40).
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| LTIP scheme | No. of options | No. of options |
| Outstanding at beginning of year | 1,662,358 | 1,649,374 |
| Granted during the year | 468,546 | 724,345 |
| Lapsed during the year | (46,728) | (93,955) |
| Exercised during the year | (639,955) | (617,406) |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 1,444,221 | 1,662,358 |
| Exercisable at the end of the year | 29,692 | 22,469 |
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was £976,000 (2015: £907,000).
| Employee Share Save Scheme ("SAYE") | 2016 No. of options |
2016 Weighted average exercise price (£) |
2015 No. of options |
2015 Weighted average exercise price (£) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Outstanding at beginning of year | 255,853 | 3.74 | 188,199 | 2.84 |
| Granted during the year | 49,296 | 6.08 | 106,541 | 4.95 |
| Forfeited during the year | (7,472) | 4.65 | (14,416) | 2.83 |
| Exercised during the year | (92,347) | 2.40 | (24,471) | 2.63 |
| Outstanding at the end of the year | 205,330 | 4.87 | 255,853 | 3.74 |
| Exercisable at the end of the year | – | – | – | – |
Options outstanding at 31 March 2016 had a weighted average contractual life of 2.2 years (2015: 2.0 years).
The inputs into the Black-Scholes model are as follows:
| LTIP | SAYE | |
|---|---|---|
| Expected volatility | 24% | 25% |
| Expected life | 3 years | 3 years |
| Risk-free rate | 0.8% | 0.8% |
| Expected dividends | 3.4% | 3.4% |
Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group's share price over the year prior to grant.
Long Term Bonus Performance Plan
The Executive Directors receive awards under the Long Term Bonus Performance Plan.This is accounted for as an equity instrument.The plan was set up in July 2015. The vesting criteria and scheme mechanics are set out in the Directors' Remuneration Report. At 31 March 2016 the weighted average contractual life was 2.3 years.
24. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At 31 March 2016 the Group had £0.4 million of amounts contracted but not provided in respect of the Group's properties (2015: £4.4 million of capital commitments).
25. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
In April 2016, the Group acquired the Lock and Leave portfolio. Big Yellow acquired the stores in Nine Elms and Twickenham for £14.6 million.The stores in Canterbury and West Molesey were acquired by Armadillo 1 for £6.4 million.
26. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries,which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.
Transactions with Big Yellow Limited Partnership
As described in note 13, the Group had a 33.3% interest in Big Yellow Limited Partnership, and entered into transactions with the Partnership during the prior year on normal commercialterms as shown in the table below. From 1 December 2014 the Partnershipwaswholly owned by the Group and therefore from this date activity with the Partnership is no longer shown in this note.
Transactions with Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited
As described in note 13,the Group has a 20% interestin Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited, and entered into transactionswith Armadillo 1 during the period on normal commercial terms as shown in the table below.
Transactions with Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited
As described in note 13, the Group has a 20% interest in Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited, and entered into transactions with Armadillo 2 during the period on normal commercial terms as shown in the table below.
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Fees earned from Big Yellow Limited Partnership | – | 458 |
| Fees earned from Armadillo 1 | 414 | 560 |
| Fees earned from Armadillo 2 | 291 | 208 |
| Balance due from Armadillo 1 | 103 | 287 |
| Balance due from Armadillo 2 | 89 | 71 |
The remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate. Further information on the remuneration of individual Directors is found in the audited part of the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 72 to 79.
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Short term employee benefits | 1,316 | 1,282 |
| Post-employment benefits | 148 | 95 |
| Share based payments | 1,973 | 4,410 |
| 3,437 | 5,787 |
AnyJunk Limited
James Gibson is a Non-Executive Director and shareholder in AnyJunk Limited and Adrian Lee is a shareholder in AnyJunk Limited. During the year AnyJunk Limited provided waste disposal services to the Group on normal commercial terms, amounting to £24,000 (2015: £24,000).
No other related party transactions took place during the years ended 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015.
Company Balance Sheet
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Note | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|---|---|---|
| Non-current assets | ||
| Plant, equipment and owner-occupied property 29a |
1,890 | 1,557 |
| Investment in subsidiary companies 29b |
15,696 | 13,157 |
| 17,586 | 14,714 | |
| Current assets | ||
| Trade and other receivables 30 |
528,125 | 606,104 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1 | 33 |
| 528,126 | 606,137 | |
| Total assets | 545,712 | 620,851 |
| Current liabilities | ||
| Trade and other payables 31 |
(3,075) | (2,757) |
| (3,075) | (2,757) | |
| Non-current liabilities | ||
| Derivative financial instruments 32 |
(315) | (955) |
| Bank borrowings 32 |
(148,755) | (189,747) |
| (149,070) | (190,702) | |
| Total liabilities | (152,145) | (193,459) |
| Net assets | 393,567 | 427,392 |
| Equity | ||
| Share capital 22 |
15,737 | 15,806 |
| Share premium account | 45,227 | 44,922 |
| Reserves | 332,603 | 366,664 |
| Equity shareholders' funds | 393,567 | 427,392 |
The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 23 May 2016.They were signed on its behalf by:
James Gibson John Trotman Director Director
Company Registration No. 03625199
Company Cash Flow Statement
Year ended 31 March 2016
| 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Operating loss | (939) | (974) |
| Depreciation | 41 | 36 |
| Decrease/(increase) in receivables | 77,979 | (100,333) |
| Decrease in payables | 370 | 661 |
| Cash generated/(used) by operations | 77,451 | (100,610) |
| Interest paid | (4,293) | (5,126) |
| Interest received | 4,249 | 9 |
| Tax credit received | – | 184 |
| Cash flows from operating activities | 77,407 | (105,543) |
| Purchase of non-current assets | (374) | (41) |
| Cash flows from investing activities | (374) | (41) |
| Financing activities Issue of share capital Equity dividends paid Payments to cancel interest rate derivative Refinancing fees (Repayment)/borrowing of Lloyds short term loan |
378 (36,443) – – (70,000) |
77,094 (27,890) (1,408) (1,234) 70,000 |
| Increase/(decrease) in borrowings | 29,000 | (12,000) |
| Cash flows from financing activities | (77,065) | 104,562 |
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Opening cash and cash equivalents |
(32) 33 |
(1,022) 1,055 |
| Closing cash and cash equivalents | 1 | 33 |
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Share capital £000 |
Share premium account £000 |
Other non- distributable reserve £000 |
Capital redemption reserve £000 |
Retained earnings £000 |
Own shares £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 April 2015 | 15,806 | 44,922 | 74,950 | 1,653 | 295,684 | (5,623) | 427,392 |
| Total comprehensive loss for the year | – | – | – | – | (299) | – | (299) |
| Dividend | – | – | – | – | (36,443) | – | (36,443) |
| Issue of share capital | 73 | 305 | – | – | – | – | 378 |
| Cancellation of treasury shares | (142) | – | – | 142 | (3,727) | 3,727 | – |
| Use of own shares to satisfy share options | – | – | – | – | (877) | 877 | – |
| Credit to equity for equity-settled | |||||||
| share based payments | – | – | – | – | 2,539 | – | 2,539 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 15,737 | 45,227 | 74,950 | 1,795 | 256,877 | (1,019) | 393,567 |
The Company's share capital is disclosed in note 22.
The own shares balance represents amounts held by the Employee BenefitTrust(see note 22).
Year ended 31 March 2015
| Share capital £000 |
Share premium account £000 |
Other non- distributable reserve £000 |
Capital redemption reserve £000 |
Retained earnings £000 |
Own shares £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| At 1 April 2014 | 14,306 | 44,278 | – | 1,653 | 323,806 | (5,623) | 378,420 |
| Total comprehensive loss for the year | – | – | – | – | (2,291) | – | (2,291) |
| Dividend | – | – | – | – | (27,890) | – | (27,890) |
| Issue of share capital | 1,500 | 644 | 74,950 | – | – | – | 77,094 |
| Credit to equity for equity-settled | |||||||
| share based payments | – | – | – | – | 2,059 | – | 2,059 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 15,806 | 44,922 | 74,950 | 1,653 | 295,684 | (5,623) | 427,392 |
Notes to the Financial Statements
Year ended 31 March 2016
27. PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the statement of comprehensive income of the Company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders dealt with in the financial statements of the Company was £0.3 million (2015: loss of £2.3 million).
28. BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
The separate financial statements ofthe Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. As permitted by that Act,the separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
The financial statements have been prepared on the historic cost basis except that derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.
The Company's principal accounting policies are the same as those applied in the Group financial statements. See note 23 for details of share based payments affecting the Company.
Going concern
See note 2 for the review of going concern for the Group and the Company.
IFRIC 11, IFRS 2 Group and Treasury Share Transactions
The Companymakes equity settled share based payments to certain employees of certain subsidiary undertakings. Equity settled share based payments that aremade to the employees ofthe Company's subsidiaries are treated as increases in equity overthe vesting period ofthe award,with a corresponding increase in the Company's investments in subsidiaries, based on an estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest.This is the only addition to investment in subsidiaries in the current year.The Company does not have any employees.
29. NON-CURRENT ASSETS
a) Plant, equipment and owner occupied property
| Freehold property £000 |
Leasehold improvements £000 |
Fixtures, fittings & office equipment £000 |
Total £000 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cost | ||||
| At 31 March 2015 | 1,885 | 18 | – | 1,903 |
| Additions | 298 | 46 | 30 | 374 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 2,183 | 64 | 30 | 2,277 |
| Accumulated depreciation | ||||
| At 31 March 2015 | (328) | (18) | – | (346) |
| Charge for the year | (39) | – | (2) | (41) |
| At 31 March 2016 | (367) | (18) | (2) | (387) |
| Net book value | ||||
| At 31 March 2016 | 1,816 | 46 | 28 | 1,890 |
| At 31 March 2015 | 1,557 | – | – | 1,557 |
b) Investments in subsidiary companies
| Investment in subsidiary undertakings £000 |
|
|---|---|
| Cost | |
| At 31 March 2015 | 13,157 |
| Additions | 2,539 |
| At 31 March 2016 | 15,696 |
Notes to the Financial Statements (continued)
Year ended 31 March 2016
29. NON-CURRENT ASSETS (continued)
b) Investments in subsidiary companies
The Group subsidiaries are all wholly-owned, the Group holds 100% of the voting power and the companies are incorporated, registered and operate in England andWales. All of the subsidiaries' registered office is 2 The Deans, Bridge Road, Bagshot, Surrey, GU19 5AT.The subsidiaries at 31March 2016 are listed below:
| Name of subsidiary | Principal activity |
|---|---|
| .Big Yellow Self Storage (GP) Limited | General Partner |
| .Big Yellow Self Storage Company Limited | Self storage |
| Big Yellow (Battersea) Limited | Self storage |
| Big Yellow Construction Company Limited | Construction management |
| Big Yellow Holding Company Limited | Holding Company |
| Big Yellow Limited Partnership | Self storage |
| Big Yellow Nominee No 1 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Nominee No 2 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage (Chester) Limited | Self storage |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 1 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 2 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 3 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 4 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 6 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 7 Limited | Dormant |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company 8 Limited | Self storage |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company A Limited | Self storage |
| Big Yellow Self Storage Company M Limited | Self storage |
| BYRCo Limited | Property management |
| BYSSCo A Limited | Self storage |
| BYSSCo Limited | Self storage |
| BYSSCo M Limited | Dormant |
| Last Mile Company Limited | Holding Company |
| Silicon Investments Limited | Dormant |
| Speed 8546 Limited | Dormant |
In addition the Group has a 100% interest in Pramerica Bell InvestmentTrust Jersey, a trust registered in Jersey.
The Group has a 20% interest in two associates, and the companies are incorporated, registered and operate in England and Wales.The Company's associates at 31 March 2016 are listed below:
| Name of associate | Principal activity |
|---|---|
| Armadillo Storage Holding Company Limited | Self Storage |
| Armadillo Storage Holding Company 2 Limited | Self Storage |
30. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
| 31 March | 31 March | |
|---|---|---|
| 2016 | 2015 | |
| £000 | £000 | |
| Amounts owed by Group undertakings | 528,015 | 606,001 |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 110 | 103 |
| 528,125 | 606,104 |
31. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Current Other payables Accruals and deferred income |
2,675 400 |
2,277 480 |
| 3,075 | 2,757 |
32. BANK BORROWINGS AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Interest rate derivatives
The Company has one interest rate swap in place at the year end; £30 million fixed at 2.80% (excluding the margin on the underlying debt instrument) until September 2016.The floating rate at 31 March 2016 was paying a weighted average margin of 1.3% above one month LIBOR, the fixed rate debt was paying a margin of 1.5%.The Group's policy on risk management is set out in the Report on Corporate Governance on page 62 and in note 18.
| 31 March 2016 £000 |
31 March 2015 £000 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Bank borrowings | 150,000 | 191,000 |
| Unamortised loan arrangement fees | (1,245) | (1,253) |
| 148,755 | 189,747 |
Maturity profile of financial liabilities
| 2016 | 2015 | |
|---|---|---|
| Financial | Financial | |
| liabilities | liabilities | |
| £000 | £000 | |
| Between one and two years | – | 70,000 |
| Between two and five years | 150,000 | 121,000 |
| Gross financial liabilities | 150,000 | 191,000 |
The fair value of interest rate derivatives at 31 March 2016 was a liability of £315,000 (2015: liability of £955,000). See note 18 for detail of the interest rate profile of financial liabilities.
33. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The disclosure relating to the Company's financial instruments are disclosed in note 18 to the Group financial statements.These disclosures are relevant to the Company's bank borrowings and derivative financial instruments. In addition, the Company has trade and other payables of £3,075,000 in the current year(2015: £2,757,000), which are held at amortised cost in the financial statements.
34. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Includedwithin these financial statements are amounts owing fromGroup undertakings of £528,015,000 (2015: £606,001,000), including intercompany interest receivable of £4,249,000 (2015: £5,892,000).
Ten Year Summary
Year ended 31 March 2016
| Results | 2016 £000 |
2015 £000 |
2014 £000 |
2013 £000 |
2012 £000 |
2011 £000 |
2010 £000 |
2009 £000 |
2008 £000 |
2007 £000 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 101,382 | 84,276 | 72,196 | 69,671 | 65,663 | 61,885 | 57,995 | 58,487 | 56,870 | 51,248 |
| Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets |
59,854 | 48,420 | 39,537 | 37,454 | 35,079 | 32,058 | 29,068 | 30,946 | 29,342 | 27,067 |
| Cash flow from operating activities |
55,467 | 42,397 | 32,752 | 30,186 | 27,388 | 23,534 | 19,063 | 10,203 | 14,388 | 16,726 |
| Profit/(loss) before taxation |
112,246 | 105,236 | 59,848 | 31,876 | (35,551) | 6,901 | 10,209 | (71,489) | 102,618 | 152,837 |
| Adjusted profit before taxation |
48,952 | 39,405 | 29,221 | 25,471 | 23,643 | 20,207 | 16,514 | 13,791 | 15,006 | 14,233 |
| Net assets | 829,387 | 750,914 | 594,064 | 552,628 | 494,500 | 544,949 | 547,285 | 502,317 | 580,886 | 487,979 |
| EPRA earnings per share Declared total dividend per share |
31.1p 24.9p |
27.1p 21.7p |
20.5p 16.4p |
19.3p 11.0p |
18.2p 10.0p |
15.5p 9.0p |
13.0p 4.0p |
11.9p 0p |
11.7p 9.5p |
10.0p 9.0p |
| Key statistics Number of stores open Sq ft occupied (000) Occupancy increase in year 000 sq ft) Number of customers Average no. |
71 3,363 185 50,000 |
69 3,178 346 47,250 |
66 2,832 200 41,800 |
66 2,632 174 38,500 |
65 2,458 328 36,300 |
62 2,130 215 32,800 |
60 1,915 140 30,500 |
54 1,775 (75) 28,500 |
48 1,850 15 30,500 |
43 1,835 163 30,100 |
| of employees during the year |
318 | 300 | 289 | 286 | 279 | 273 | 252 | 239 | 218 | 191 |
The paper used in this report is produced with FSC® mixed sources pulp which is partially recyclable, biodegradable, pH Neutral, heavy metal absence and acid-free. It is manufactured within a mill which complies with the international environmental ISO 14001 standard.
Pureprint Ltd is FSC certified, PEFC certified and ISO 14001 certified showing that it is committed to all round excellence and improving environmental performance is an important part of this strategy. We aim to reduce at source the effect our operations have on the environment, and are committed to continual improvement, prevention of pollution and compliance with any legislation or industry standards.
Designed and produced by MAGEE www.magee.co.uk Printed by Pureprint Ltd
You can access more information about us on our website
bigyellow.co.uk
Th inking about our Customers
It's the reason we exist
Big Yellow Group PLC
2 The Deans, Bridge Road, Bagshot, Surrey GU19 5AT
Tel: 01276 470190 Fax: 01276 470191 e-mail: [email protected]